Sema.h revision ef4579cda09b73e3d4d98af48201da25adc29326
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and 11// builds ASTs. 12// 13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 17 18#include "clang/AST/Attr.h" 19#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" 20#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 21#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 23#include "clang/AST/MangleNumberingContext.h" 24#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h" 25#include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h" 26#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 27#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" 28#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h" 29#include "clang/Basic/OpenMPKinds.h" 30#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" 31#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h" 32#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" 33#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 34#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" 35#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 36#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h" 37#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h" 38#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h" 39#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h" 40#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" 41#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 42#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h" 43#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h" 44#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" 45#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" 46#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h" 47#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h" 48#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" 49#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" 50#include "llvm/MC/MCParser/MCAsmParser.h" 51#include <deque> 52#include <string> 53#include <vector> 54 55namespace llvm { 56 class APSInt; 57 template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo; 58 template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet; 59 class SmallBitVector; 60} 61 62namespace clang { 63 class ADLResult; 64 class ASTConsumer; 65 class ASTContext; 66 class ASTMutationListener; 67 class ASTReader; 68 class ASTWriter; 69 class ArrayType; 70 class AttributeList; 71 class BlockDecl; 72 class CapturedDecl; 73 class CXXBasePath; 74 class CXXBasePaths; 75 class CXXBindTemporaryExpr; 76 typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; 77 class CXXConstructorDecl; 78 class CXXConversionDecl; 79 class CXXDestructorDecl; 80 class CXXFieldCollector; 81 class CXXMemberCallExpr; 82 class CXXMethodDecl; 83 class CXXScopeSpec; 84 class CXXTemporary; 85 class CXXTryStmt; 86 class CallExpr; 87 class ClassTemplateDecl; 88 class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; 89 class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl; 90 class VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; 91 class CodeCompleteConsumer; 92 class CodeCompletionAllocator; 93 class CodeCompletionTUInfo; 94 class CodeCompletionResult; 95 class Decl; 96 class DeclAccessPair; 97 class DeclContext; 98 class DeclRefExpr; 99 class DeclaratorDecl; 100 class DeducedTemplateArgument; 101 class DependentDiagnostic; 102 class DesignatedInitExpr; 103 class Designation; 104 class EnumConstantDecl; 105 class Expr; 106 class ExtVectorType; 107 class ExternalSemaSource; 108 class FormatAttr; 109 class FriendDecl; 110 class FunctionDecl; 111 class FunctionProtoType; 112 class FunctionTemplateDecl; 113 class ImplicitConversionSequence; 114 class InitListExpr; 115 class InitializationKind; 116 class InitializationSequence; 117 class InitializedEntity; 118 class IntegerLiteral; 119 class LabelStmt; 120 class LambdaExpr; 121 class LangOptions; 122 class LocalInstantiationScope; 123 class LookupResult; 124 class MacroInfo; 125 class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList; 126 class NamedDecl; 127 class NonNullAttr; 128 class ObjCCategoryDecl; 129 class ObjCCategoryImplDecl; 130 class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl; 131 class ObjCContainerDecl; 132 class ObjCImplDecl; 133 class ObjCImplementationDecl; 134 class ObjCInterfaceDecl; 135 class ObjCIvarDecl; 136 template <class T> class ObjCList; 137 class ObjCMessageExpr; 138 class ObjCMethodDecl; 139 class ObjCPropertyDecl; 140 class ObjCProtocolDecl; 141 class OMPThreadPrivateDecl; 142 class OMPClause; 143 class OverloadCandidateSet; 144 class OverloadExpr; 145 class ParenListExpr; 146 class ParmVarDecl; 147 class Preprocessor; 148 class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage; 149 class PseudoObjectExpr; 150 class QualType; 151 class StandardConversionSequence; 152 class Stmt; 153 class StringLiteral; 154 class SwitchStmt; 155 class TargetAttributesSema; 156 class TemplateArgument; 157 class TemplateArgumentList; 158 class TemplateArgumentLoc; 159 class TemplateDecl; 160 class TemplateParameterList; 161 class TemplatePartialOrderingContext; 162 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl; 163 class Token; 164 class TypeAliasDecl; 165 class TypedefDecl; 166 class TypedefNameDecl; 167 class TypeLoc; 168 class UnqualifiedId; 169 class UnresolvedLookupExpr; 170 class UnresolvedMemberExpr; 171 class UnresolvedSetImpl; 172 class UnresolvedSetIterator; 173 class UsingDecl; 174 class UsingShadowDecl; 175 class ValueDecl; 176 class VarDecl; 177 class VarTemplateSpecializationDecl; 178 class VisibilityAttr; 179 class VisibleDeclConsumer; 180 class IndirectFieldDecl; 181 struct DeductionFailureInfo; 182 class TemplateSpecCandidateSet; 183 184namespace sema { 185 class AccessedEntity; 186 class BlockScopeInfo; 187 class CapturedRegionScopeInfo; 188 class CapturingScopeInfo; 189 class CompoundScopeInfo; 190 class DelayedDiagnostic; 191 class DelayedDiagnosticPool; 192 class FunctionScopeInfo; 193 class LambdaScopeInfo; 194 class PossiblyUnreachableDiag; 195 class TemplateDeductionInfo; 196} 197 198// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to 199// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion. 200typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>, 201 SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack; 202 203/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C. 204class Sema { 205 Sema(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 206 void operator=(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 207 mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema; 208 209 ///\brief Source of additional semantic information. 210 ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource; 211 212 ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it. 213 bool isMultiplexExternalSource; 214 215 static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD); 216 217 static bool 218 shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old, const NamedDecl *New) { 219 // We are about to link these. It is now safe to compute the linkage of 220 // the new decl. If the new decl has external linkage, we will 221 // link it with the hidden decl (which also has external linkage) and 222 // it will keep having external linkage. If it has internal linkage, we 223 // will not link it. Since it has no previous decls, it will remain 224 // with internal linkage. 225 return !Old->isHidden() || New->isExternallyVisible(); 226 } 227 228public: 229 typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy; 230 typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy; 231 typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy; 232 233 OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures; 234 FPOptions FPFeatures; 235 236 const LangOptions &LangOpts; 237 Preprocessor &PP; 238 ASTContext &Context; 239 ASTConsumer &Consumer; 240 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags; 241 SourceManager &SourceMgr; 242 243 /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics. 244 bool CollectStats; 245 246 /// \brief Code-completion consumer. 247 CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter; 248 249 /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing. 250 DeclContext *CurContext; 251 252 /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts, 253 /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext. 254 DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext; 255 256 /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag. 257 /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results. 258 DeclarationName VAListTagName; 259 260 /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment 261 /// of 0 indicates default alignment. 262 void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*" 263 264 bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on 265 266 /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility. 267 void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*" 268 269 /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression. 270 /// 271 /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions 272 /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions. 273 bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr; 274 275 /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context 276 /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion. 277 bool ExprNeedsCleanups; 278 279 /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring 280 /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The 281 /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object. 282 SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects; 283 284 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs; 285 286 /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested 287 /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active. 288 /// 289 /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first 290 /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo 291 /// that's used to parse every top-level function. 292 SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes; 293 294 typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 295 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2> 296 ExtVectorDeclsType; 297 298 /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows 299 /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names. 300 /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics. 301 ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls; 302 303 /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes. 304 OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector; 305 306 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType; 307 308 /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used. 309 NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields; 310 311 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy; 312 313 /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have 314 /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the 315 /// same list more than once. 316 OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet; 317 318 /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which 319 /// we are currently parsing the initializer. 320 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars; 321 322 /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent 323 /// locally-scoped extern "C" declaration with that name. 324 /// 325 /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local 326 /// scopes, e.g., 327 /// 328 /// \code 329 /// extern "C" void f() { 330 /// void foo(int, int); 331 /// } 332 /// \endcode 333 /// 334 /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration of 335 /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of 336 /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases: 337 /// 338 /// - If we are declaring another global or extern "C" entity with 339 /// the name "foo", we can find "foo" as a previous declaration, 340 /// so that the types of this external declaration can be checked 341 /// for compatibility. 342 /// 343 /// - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to 344 /// "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then 345 /// we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is 346 /// not visible. 347 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternCDecls; 348 349 /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name. 350 NamedDecl *findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name); 351 352 typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 353 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2> 354 TentativeDefinitionsType; 355 356 /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU. 357 TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions; 358 359 typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 360 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2> 361 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType; 362 363 /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used 364 /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration. 365 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls; 366 367 typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 368 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2> 369 DelegatingCtorDeclsType; 370 371 /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for 372 /// cycle detection at the end of the TU. 373 DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls; 374 375 /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their 376 /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed 377 /// exception spec. 378 SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs; 379 380 /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition 381 /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception 382 /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor. 383 SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*, 384 const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2> 385 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks; 386 387 /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both 388 /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception 389 /// specifications, along with the function type containing their 390 /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications 391 /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to 392 /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and 393 /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete. 394 SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2> 395 DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs; 396 397 /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed. 398 typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, const FunctionDecl *FD); 399 LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser; 400 void *OpaqueParser; 401 402 void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) { 403 LateTemplateParser = LTP; 404 OpaqueParser = P; 405 } 406 407 class DelayedDiagnostics; 408 409 class DelayedDiagnosticsState { 410 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool; 411 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics; 412 }; 413 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState; 414 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState; 415 416 /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics 417 /// during parsing and other processing. 418 class DelayedDiagnostics { 419 /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed 420 /// diagnostics should go. 421 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool; 422 423 public: 424 DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {} 425 426 /// Adds a delayed diagnostic. 427 void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h 428 429 /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed. 430 bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; } 431 432 /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool. 433 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const { 434 return CurPool; 435 } 436 437 /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be 438 /// collected in this pool. 439 DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 440 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 441 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 442 CurPool = &pool; 443 return state; 444 } 445 446 /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed. 447 /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part 448 /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly". 449 void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 450 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 451 } 452 453 /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are 454 /// not delayed. 455 DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() { 456 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 457 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 458 CurPool = 0; 459 return state; 460 } 461 462 /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed(). 463 void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 464 assert(CurPool == NULL); 465 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 466 } 467 } DelayedDiagnostics; 468 469 /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context. 470 class ContextRAII { 471 private: 472 Sema &S; 473 DeclContext *SavedContext; 474 ProcessingContextState SavedContextState; 475 QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 476 477 public: 478 ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush) 479 : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext), 480 SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()), 481 SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride) 482 { 483 assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context"); 484 S.CurContext = ContextToPush; 485 } 486 487 void pop() { 488 if (!SavedContext) return; 489 S.CurContext = SavedContext; 490 S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState); 491 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 492 SavedContext = 0; 493 } 494 495 ~ContextRAII() { 496 pop(); 497 } 498 }; 499 500 /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize 501 /// a function body. 502 class SynthesizedFunctionScope { 503 Sema &S; 504 Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext; 505 506 public: 507 SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC) 508 : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC) 509 { 510 S.PushFunctionScope(); 511 S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated); 512 } 513 514 ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() { 515 S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 516 S.PopFunctionScopeInfo(); 517 } 518 }; 519 520 /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 521 /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another 522 /// identifier, declared or undeclared 523 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers; 524 525 /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 526 /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers 527 /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version 528 /// in the currently selected standard. 529 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers; 530 531 532 /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source. 533 void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); 534 535 /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by 536 /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls. 537 /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so 538 /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack. 539 /// It would be best to refactor this. 540 SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl; 541 542 IdentifierResolver IdResolver; 543 544 /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need 545 /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace. 546 /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc. 547 Scope *TUScope; 548 549 /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides. 550 LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace; 551 552 /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++ 553 /// standard library. 554 LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc; 555 556 /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in 557 /// \<initializer_list>. 558 ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList; 559 560 /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>. 561 RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl; 562 563 /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files. 564 RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl; 565 566 /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs. 567 OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj; 568 569 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class. 570 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl; 571 572 /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *). 573 QualType NSNumberPointer; 574 575 /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals. 576 ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods]; 577 578 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class. 579 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl; 580 581 /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *). 582 QualType NSStringPointer; 583 584 /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method. 585 ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod; 586 587 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class. 588 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl; 589 590 /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method. 591 ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod; 592 593 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class. 594 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl; 595 596 /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method. 597 ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod; 598 599 /// \brief id<NSCopying> type. 600 QualType QIDNSCopying; 601 602 /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:' 603 Selector RespondsToSelectorSel; 604 605 /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete 606 /// have been declared. 607 bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared; 608 609 /// A flag to indicate that we're in a context that permits abstract 610 /// references to fields. This is really a 611 bool AllowAbstractFieldReference; 612 613 /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are 614 /// evaluated at run-time, if at all. 615 enum ExpressionEvaluationContext { 616 /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an 617 /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of 618 /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but 619 /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at 620 /// run time. 621 Unevaluated, 622 623 /// \brief The current expression occurs within an unevaluated 624 /// operand that unconditionally permits abstract references to 625 /// fields, such as a SIZE operator in MS-style inline assembly. 626 UnevaluatedAbstract, 627 628 /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms, 629 /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of 630 /// cases in a switch statment). 631 ConstantEvaluated, 632 633 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time, 634 /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the 635 /// expression at run time. 636 PotentiallyEvaluated, 637 638 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any 639 /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if 640 /// in fact the current expression is used. 641 /// 642 /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which 643 /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments 644 /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced" 645 /// until the default argument is used. 646 PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed 647 }; 648 649 /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested 650 /// expression evaluation contexts. 651 struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord { 652 /// \brief The expression evaluation context. 653 ExpressionEvaluationContext Context; 654 655 /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup. 656 bool ParentNeedsCleanups; 657 658 /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression. 659 bool IsDecltype; 660 661 /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered 662 /// this expression evaluation context. 663 unsigned NumCleanupObjects; 664 665 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs; 666 667 /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it 668 /// is indeed an unevaluated context. 669 SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas; 670 671 /// \brief The declaration that provides context for lambda expressions 672 /// and block literals if the normal declaration context does not 673 /// suffice, e.g., in a default function argument. 674 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 675 676 /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions 677 /// and block literals within this context. 678 /// 679 /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts 680 /// do not have lambda expressions or block literals. 681 IntrusiveRefCntPtr<MangleNumberingContext> MangleNumbering; 682 683 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions 684 /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type. 685 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls; 686 687 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding 688 /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor. 689 SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds; 690 691 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context, 692 unsigned NumCleanupObjects, 693 bool ParentNeedsCleanups, 694 Decl *ManglingContextDecl, 695 bool IsDecltype) 696 : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups), 697 IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), 698 ManglingContextDecl(ManglingContextDecl), MangleNumbering() { } 699 700 /// \brief Retrieve the mangling numbering context, used to consistently 701 /// number constructs like lambdas for mangling. 702 MangleNumberingContext &getMangleNumberingContext() { 703 assert(ManglingContextDecl && "Need to have a context declaration"); 704 if (!MangleNumbering) 705 MangleNumbering = new MangleNumberingContext; 706 return *MangleNumbering; 707 } 708 709 bool isUnevaluated() const { 710 return Context == Unevaluated || Context == UnevaluatedAbstract; 711 } 712 }; 713 714 /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts. 715 SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts; 716 717 /// \brief Compute the mangling number context for a lambda expression or 718 /// block literal. 719 /// 720 /// \param DC - The DeclContext containing the lambda expression or 721 /// block literal. 722 /// \param[out] ManglingContextDecl - Returns the ManglingContextDecl 723 /// associated with the context, if relevant. 724 MangleNumberingContext *getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 725 const DeclContext *DC, 726 Decl *&ManglingContextDecl); 727 728 729 /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member 730 /// function. 731 /// 732 /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the 733 /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded. 734 class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode { 735 public: 736 enum Kind { 737 NoMemberOrDeleted, 738 Ambiguous, 739 Success 740 }; 741 742 private: 743 llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair; 744 745 public: 746 SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) 747 : FastFoldingSetNode(ID) 748 {} 749 750 CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); } 751 void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); } 752 753 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); } 754 void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); } 755 }; 756 757 /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results 758 /// for C++ records. 759 llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache; 760 761 /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing. 762 /// 763 /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform 764 /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating 765 /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has 766 /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of 767 /// checks. 768 TranslationUnitKind TUKind; 769 770 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc; 771 772 /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped. 773 unsigned NumSFINAEErrors; 774 775 typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> > 776 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap; 777 778 /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the 779 /// set of instantiations of each parameter. 780 /// 781 /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing 782 /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates, 783 /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the 784 /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed. 785 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations; 786 787 // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default 788 // argument locations. 789 llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs; 790 791 /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a 792 /// definition in this translation unit. 793 llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed; 794 795 /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used. 796 void getUndefinedButUsed( 797 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined); 798 799 typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods; 800 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool; 801 802 /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id". 803 /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures 804 /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1% 805 /// of selectors are "overloaded"). 806 /// At the head of the list it is recorded whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2 807 /// methods inside categories with a particular selector. 808 GlobalMethodPool MethodPool; 809 810 /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation 811 /// of -Wselector. 812 llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors; 813 814 /// Kinds of C++ special members. 815 enum CXXSpecialMember { 816 CXXDefaultConstructor, 817 CXXCopyConstructor, 818 CXXMoveConstructor, 819 CXXCopyAssignment, 820 CXXMoveAssignment, 821 CXXDestructor, 822 CXXInvalid 823 }; 824 825 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl; 826 827 /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of 828 /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the 829 /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared. 830 llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared; 831 832 void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel); 833 834 /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'. 835 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr); 836 837 /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be 838 /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and 839 /// should not be used elsewhere. 840 void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID); 841 842 /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound 843 /// statements. 844 class FPContractStateRAII { 845 public: 846 FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S) 847 : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {} 848 ~FPContractStateRAII() { 849 S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState; 850 } 851 private: 852 Sema& S; 853 bool OldFPContractState : 1; 854 }; 855 856 typedef llvm::MCAsmParserSemaCallback::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo 857 InlineAsmIdentifierInfo; 858 859public: 860 Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer, 861 TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete, 862 CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0); 863 ~Sema(); 864 865 /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been 866 /// initialized but before it parses anything. 867 void Initialize(); 868 869 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; } 870 OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; } 871 FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; } 872 873 DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; } 874 SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; } 875 const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const; 876 Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; } 877 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; } 878 ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; } 879 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const; 880 ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; } 881 882 ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists, 883 /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it. 884 /// 885 ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source. 886 /// 887 void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E); 888 889 void PrintStats() const; 890 891 /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional 892 /// template instantiation stacks. 893 /// 894 /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder 895 /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is 896 /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder 897 /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template 898 /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as 899 /// well. 900 class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder { 901 Sema &SemaRef; 902 unsigned DiagID; 903 904 public: 905 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) 906 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { } 907 908 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() { 909 // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do. 910 if (!isActive()) return; 911 912 // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying 913 // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it 914 // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor. 915 // 916 // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will 917 // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be 918 // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder 919 // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to 920 // eliminate that code. 921 FlushCounts(); 922 Clear(); 923 924 // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic. 925 SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID); 926 } 927 928 /// Teach operator<< to produce an object of the correct type. 929 template<typename T> 930 friend const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &operator<<( 931 const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, const T &Value) { 932 const DiagnosticBuilder &BaseDiag = Diag; 933 BaseDiag << Value; 934 return Diag; 935 } 936 }; 937 938 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic. 939 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) { 940 DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID); 941 return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID); 942 } 943 944 /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic. 945 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD); 946 947 /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic. 948 PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h 949 950 bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name); 951 952 /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type. 953 std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const; 954 std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const; 955 956 ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; } 957 ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; } 958 StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; } 959 960 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit(); 961 962 void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles(); 963 964 Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx); 965 966 void PushFunctionScope(); 967 void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block); 968 void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator); 969 void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD, 970 RecordDecl *RD, 971 CapturedRegionKind K); 972 void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0, 973 const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0); 974 975 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const { 976 return FunctionScopes.back(); 977 } 978 979 template <typename ExprT> 980 void recordUseOfEvaluatedWeak(const ExprT *E, bool IsRead=true) { 981 if (!isUnevaluatedContext()) 982 getCurFunction()->recordUseOfWeak(E, IsRead); 983 } 984 985 void PushCompoundScope(); 986 void PopCompoundScope(); 987 988 sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const; 989 990 bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const; 991 992 /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any. 993 sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock(); 994 995 /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any. 996 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda(); 997 998 /// \brief Retrieve the current captured region, if any. 999 sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion(); 1000 1001 /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls 1002 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; } 1003 1004 void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment); 1005 1006 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1007 // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp. 1008 // 1009 1010 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs, 1011 const DeclSpec *DS = 0); 1012 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA, 1013 const DeclSpec *DS = 0); 1014 QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T, 1015 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 1016 QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef, 1017 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 1018 QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 1019 Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals, 1020 SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity); 1021 QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize, 1022 SourceLocation AttrLoc); 1023 1024 bool CheckFunctionReturnType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 1025 1026 /// \brief Build a function type. 1027 /// 1028 /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and 1029 /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have 1030 /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates 1031 /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much 1032 /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case. 1033 /// 1034 /// \param T The return type of the function. 1035 /// 1036 /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array 1037 /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the 1038 /// function parameters. 1039 /// 1040 /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this 1041 /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the 1042 /// type that will have function type. 1043 /// 1044 /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function 1045 /// type, if known. 1046 /// 1047 /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will 1048 /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype. 1049 /// 1050 /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The 1051 /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType. 1052 /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 1053 QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T, 1054 llvm::MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes, 1055 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, 1056 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 1057 1058 QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class, 1059 SourceLocation Loc, 1060 DeclarationName Entity); 1061 QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, 1062 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 1063 QualType BuildParenType(QualType T); 1064 QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 1065 1066 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S); 1067 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy); 1068 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T, 1069 TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo); 1070 1071 /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType. 1072 ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1073 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D); 1074 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name); 1075 static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0); 1076 CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E); 1077 const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 1078 const FunctionProtoType *FPT); 1079 bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, const SourceRange &Range); 1080 bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T); 1081 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New); 1082 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 1083 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 1084 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); 1085 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 1086 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1087 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 1088 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc, 1089 bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0, 1090 bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0, 1091 bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false, 1092 bool IsOperatorNew = false); 1093 bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset( 1094 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1095 const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 1096 const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc); 1097 bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1098 const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc, 1099 const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc); 1100 1101 TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1102 1103 /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype' 1104 /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type. 1105 ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc); 1106 1107 /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types. 1108 struct TypeDiagnoser { 1109 bool Suppressed; 1110 1111 TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { } 1112 1113 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 1114 virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {} 1115 }; 1116 1117 static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; } 1118 static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; } 1119 static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; } 1120 static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; } 1121 static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; } 1122 static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; } 1123 static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) { 1124 return II; 1125 } 1126 static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; } 1127 static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; } 1128 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; } 1129 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; } 1130 static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); } 1131 static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();} 1132 1133 template<typename T1> 1134 class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1135 unsigned DiagID; 1136 const T1 &Arg1; 1137 1138 public: 1139 BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) 1140 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { } 1141 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1142 if (Suppressed) return; 1143 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T; 1144 } 1145 1146 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { } 1147 }; 1148 1149 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1150 class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1151 unsigned DiagID; 1152 const T1 &Arg1; 1153 const T2 &Arg2; 1154 1155 public: 1156 BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1157 const T2 &Arg2) 1158 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1159 Arg2(Arg2) { } 1160 1161 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1162 if (Suppressed) return; 1163 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T; 1164 } 1165 1166 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { } 1167 }; 1168 1169 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1170 class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1171 unsigned DiagID; 1172 const T1 &Arg1; 1173 const T2 &Arg2; 1174 const T3 &Arg3; 1175 1176 public: 1177 BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1178 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) 1179 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1180 Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { } 1181 1182 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1183 if (Suppressed) return; 1184 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) 1185 << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T; 1186 } 1187 1188 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { } 1189 }; 1190 1191private: 1192 bool RequireCompleteTypeImpl(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1193 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1194public: 1195 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1196 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1197 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1198 unsigned DiagID); 1199 1200 template<typename T1> 1201 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1202 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1203 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1204 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1205 } 1206 1207 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1208 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1209 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1210 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1211 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1212 } 1213 1214 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1215 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1216 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1217 const T3 &Arg3) { 1218 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1219 Arg3); 1220 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1221 } 1222 1223 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1224 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID); 1225 1226 template<typename T1> 1227 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1228 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1229 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1230 } 1231 1232 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1233 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1234 const T2 &Arg2) { 1235 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1236 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1237 } 1238 1239 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1240 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1241 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 1242 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1243 Arg3); 1244 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1245 } 1246 1247 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1248 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1249 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID); 1250 1251 template<typename T1> 1252 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1253 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1254 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1255 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1256 } 1257 1258 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1259 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1260 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1261 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1262 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1263 } 1264 1265 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1266 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1267 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1268 const T3 &Arg3) { 1269 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1270 Arg3); 1271 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1272 } 1273 1274 QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 1275 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T); 1276 1277 QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1278 QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1279 QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 1280 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind, 1281 SourceLocation Loc); 1282 1283 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1284 // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp. 1285 // 1286 1287 /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants 1288 /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no 1289 /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches 1290 /// them into the FunctionDecl. 1291 std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope; 1292 /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter 1293 /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators 1294 /// such as: 1295 /// void f(void (*g)(), ...) 1296 unsigned InFunctionDeclarator; 1297 1298 DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0); 1299 1300 void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors(); 1301 1302 bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const; 1303 1304 ParsedType getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1305 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, 1306 bool isClassName = false, 1307 bool HasTrailingDot = false, 1308 ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(), 1309 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, 1310 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false, 1311 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0); 1312 TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S); 1313 bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S); 1314 bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 1315 SourceLocation IILoc, 1316 Scope *S, 1317 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 1318 ParsedType &SuggestedType); 1319 1320 /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed 1321 /// by \c ClassifyName(). 1322 enum NameClassificationKind { 1323 NC_Unknown, 1324 NC_Error, 1325 NC_Keyword, 1326 NC_Type, 1327 NC_Expression, 1328 NC_NestedNameSpecifier, 1329 NC_TypeTemplate, 1330 NC_VarTemplate, 1331 NC_FunctionTemplate 1332 }; 1333 1334 class NameClassification { 1335 NameClassificationKind Kind; 1336 ExprResult Expr; 1337 TemplateName Template; 1338 ParsedType Type; 1339 const IdentifierInfo *Keyword; 1340 1341 explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {} 1342 1343 public: 1344 NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {} 1345 1346 NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {} 1347 1348 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) 1349 : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { } 1350 1351 static NameClassification Error() { 1352 return NameClassification(NC_Error); 1353 } 1354 1355 static NameClassification Unknown() { 1356 return NameClassification(NC_Unknown); 1357 } 1358 1359 static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() { 1360 return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier); 1361 } 1362 1363 static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1364 NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate); 1365 Result.Template = Name; 1366 return Result; 1367 } 1368 1369 static NameClassification VarTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1370 NameClassification Result(NC_VarTemplate); 1371 Result.Template = Name; 1372 return Result; 1373 } 1374 1375 static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1376 NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate); 1377 Result.Template = Name; 1378 return Result; 1379 } 1380 1381 NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; } 1382 1383 ParsedType getType() const { 1384 assert(Kind == NC_Type); 1385 return Type; 1386 } 1387 1388 ExprResult getExpression() const { 1389 assert(Kind == NC_Expression); 1390 return Expr; 1391 } 1392 1393 TemplateName getTemplateName() const { 1394 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate || 1395 Kind == NC_VarTemplate); 1396 return Template; 1397 } 1398 1399 TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const { 1400 switch (Kind) { 1401 case NC_TypeTemplate: 1402 return TNK_Type_template; 1403 case NC_FunctionTemplate: 1404 return TNK_Function_template; 1405 case NC_VarTemplate: 1406 return TNK_Var_template; 1407 default: 1408 llvm_unreachable("unsuported name classification."); 1409 } 1410 } 1411 }; 1412 1413 /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on 1414 /// the results of name lookup and the following token. 1415 /// 1416 /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct 1417 /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt 1418 /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name. 1419 /// 1420 /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup. 1421 /// 1422 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. 1423 /// 1424 /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name, 1425 /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly. 1426 /// 1427 /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier. 1428 /// 1429 /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help 1430 /// disambiguate the name. 1431 /// 1432 /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary 1433 /// address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an 1434 /// expression. 1435 /// 1436 /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired. 1437 NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S, 1438 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1439 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 1440 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1441 const Token &NextToken, 1442 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 1443 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 1444 1445 Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1446 1447 NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1448 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 1449 void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S); 1450 bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info); 1451 bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 1452 DeclarationName Name, 1453 SourceLocation Loc); 1454 void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS); 1455 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R); 1456 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D); 1457 void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange); 1458 void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D); 1459 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1460 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1461 LookupResult &Previous); 1462 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D, 1463 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration); 1464 NamedDecl *ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 1465 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1466 LookupResult &Previous, 1467 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 1468 bool &AddToScope); 1469 // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration 1470 bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous); 1471 void CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD); 1472 void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var); 1473 void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D); 1474 void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator(); 1475 void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator(); 1476 1477 NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1478 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1479 LookupResult &Previous, 1480 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 1481 bool &AddToScope); 1482 bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1483 void checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param); 1484 1485 bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD); 1486 bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body); 1487 1488 void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1489 // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration 1490 bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, 1491 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous, 1492 bool IsExplicitSpecialization); 1493 void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D); 1494 Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1495 ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 1496 SourceLocation Loc, 1497 QualType T); 1498 ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 1499 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 1500 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 1501 StorageClass SC); 1502 void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1503 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1504 Expr *defarg); 1505 void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1506 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1507 SourceLocation ArgLoc); 1508 void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param); 1509 bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, 1510 SourceLocation EqualLoc); 1511 1512 void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit, 1513 bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1514 void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1515 void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl); 1516 void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D); 1517 void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc); 1518 void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc); 1519 void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D); 1520 DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 1521 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group); 1522 DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(llvm::MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 1523 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 1524 1525 /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached 1526 /// documentation comments. 1527 void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D); 1528 void ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group); 1529 1530 void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1531 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls); 1532 void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD); 1533 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1534 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1535 void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1536 bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) { 1537 return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 1538 } 1539 1540 /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function 1541 /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting 1542 /// code for that function. 1543 /// 1544 /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in 1545 /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is 1546 /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14). 1547 bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D); 1548 1549 void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope); 1550 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body); 1551 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation); 1552 Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl); 1553 1554 /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an 1555 /// attribute for which parsing is delayed. 1556 void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs); 1557 1558 /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of 1559 /// ParmVarDecl pointers. 1560 void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1561 ParmVarDecl * const *End); 1562 1563 /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a 1564 /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a 1565 /// specified threshold. 1566 void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1567 ParmVarDecl * const *End, 1568 QualType ReturnTy, 1569 NamedDecl *D); 1570 1571 void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body); 1572 Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 1573 SourceLocation AsmLoc, 1574 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1575 1576 /// \brief Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration. 1577 Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S, 1578 AttributeList *AttrList, 1579 SourceLocation SemiLoc); 1580 1581 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration. 1582 /// 1583 /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any. 1584 /// 1585 /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword. 1586 /// 1587 /// \param Path The module access path. 1588 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc, 1589 ModuleIdPath Path); 1590 1591 /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given 1592 /// source location. 1593 /// 1594 /// This routine is typically used for error recovery, when the entity found 1595 /// by name lookup is actually hidden within a module that we know about but 1596 /// the user has forgotten to import. 1597 void createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod); 1598 1599 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1600 PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const { 1601 return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); 1602 } 1603 1604 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1605 static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx, 1606 const Preprocessor &PP); 1607 1608 /// Scope actions. 1609 void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S); 1610 void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S); 1611 1612 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1613 DeclSpec &DS); 1614 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1615 DeclSpec &DS, 1616 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 1617 bool IsExplicitInstantiation = false); 1618 1619 Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1620 AccessSpecifier AS, 1621 RecordDecl *Record); 1622 1623 Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1624 RecordDecl *Record); 1625 1626 bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 1627 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 1628 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 1629 const IdentifierInfo &Name); 1630 1631 enum TagUseKind { 1632 TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;' 1633 TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;' 1634 TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;' 1635 TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;' 1636 }; 1637 1638 Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 1639 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1640 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1641 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 1642 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 1643 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 1644 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 1645 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 1646 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType); 1647 1648 Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc, 1649 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc, 1650 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1651 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1652 AttributeList *Attr, 1653 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists); 1654 1655 TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S, 1656 unsigned TagSpec, 1657 TagUseKind TUK, 1658 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1659 IdentifierInfo *Name, 1660 SourceLocation TagLoc, 1661 SourceLocation NameLoc); 1662 1663 void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1664 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 1665 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls); 1666 Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1667 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth); 1668 1669 FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1670 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1671 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1672 AccessSpecifier AS); 1673 MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, 1674 SourceLocation DeclStart, 1675 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1676 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1677 AccessSpecifier AS, 1678 AttributeList *MSPropertyAttr); 1679 1680 FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 1681 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1682 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 1683 bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1684 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1685 SourceLocation TSSL, 1686 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 1687 Declarator *D = 0); 1688 1689 bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD); 1690 void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM); 1691 bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 1692 bool Diagnose = false); 1693 CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1694 void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart, 1695 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls); 1696 Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1697 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1698 tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility); 1699 1700 // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations. 1701 void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl, 1702 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 1703 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 1704 AttributeList *AttrList); 1705 1706 /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the 1707 /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class, 1708 /// struct, or union). 1709 void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1710 1711 Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl); 1712 1713 /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a 1714 /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its 1715 /// member declarations. 1716 void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1717 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 1718 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 1719 1720 /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing 1721 /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union). 1722 void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1723 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 1724 1725 void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 1726 1727 /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container 1728 /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs. 1729 /// 1730 /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext 1731 void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1732 void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1733 1734 /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable 1735 /// error parsing the definition of a tag. 1736 void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1737 1738 EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 1739 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 1740 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1741 IdentifierInfo *Id, 1742 Expr *val); 1743 bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI); 1744 bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 1745 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev); 1746 1747 Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant, 1748 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 1749 AttributeList *Attrs, 1750 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val); 1751 void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 1752 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl, 1753 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 1754 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr); 1755 1756 DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC); 1757 1758 /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped. 1759 void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1760 void PopDeclContext(); 1761 1762 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1763 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1764 void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1765 void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S); 1766 1767 /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope. 1768 void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D); 1769 void ActOnExitFunctionContext(); 1770 1771 DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 1772 1773 /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer 1774 /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently 1775 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1776 FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl(); 1777 1778 /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to 1779 /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently 1780 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1781 ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl(); 1782 1783 /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method 1784 /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently 1785 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1786 NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); 1787 1788 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1789 void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true); 1790 1791 /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the 1792 /// top level scope. 1793 /// 1794 /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push. 1795 /// 1796 /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration. 1797 void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name); 1798 1799 /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true 1800 /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns 1801 /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context. 1802 /// 1803 /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking 1804 /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template 1805 /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false. 1806 bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0, 1807 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false); 1808 1809 /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it 1810 /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL. 1811 static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1812 1813 /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator(). 1814 TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 1815 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1816 bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New); 1817 1818 /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added. 1819 AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range, 1820 IdentifierInfo *Platform, 1821 VersionTuple Introduced, 1822 VersionTuple Deprecated, 1823 VersionTuple Obsoleted, 1824 bool IsUnavailable, 1825 StringRef Message, 1826 bool Override, 1827 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1828 TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1829 TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, 1830 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1831 VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1832 VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, 1833 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1834 DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1835 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1836 DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1837 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1838 FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Format, 1839 int FormatIdx, int FirstArg, 1840 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1841 SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name, 1842 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1843 1844 /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability 1845 /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability"). 1846 enum AvailabilityMergeKind { 1847 /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all. 1848 AMK_None, 1849 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires 1850 /// an exact match. 1851 AMK_Redeclaration, 1852 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires 1853 /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints. 1854 AMK_Override 1855 }; 1856 1857 void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 1858 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration); 1859 void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1860 bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S); 1861 bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 1862 Scope *S); 1863 void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old); 1864 void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls, 1865 bool OldDeclsWereHidden); 1866 void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool OldIsHidden); 1867 void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1868 bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S); 1869 1870 // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions 1871 // to represent what is actually causing the operation 1872 enum AssignmentAction { 1873 AA_Assigning, 1874 AA_Passing, 1875 AA_Returning, 1876 AA_Converting, 1877 AA_Initializing, 1878 AA_Sending, 1879 AA_Casting, 1880 AA_Passing_CFAudited 1881 }; 1882 1883 /// C++ Overloading. 1884 enum OverloadKind { 1885 /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are 1886 /// functions or function templates with different signatures. 1887 Ovl_Overload, 1888 1889 /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches 1890 /// an existing declaration. 1891 Ovl_Match, 1892 1893 /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a 1894 /// non-function. 1895 Ovl_NonFunction 1896 }; 1897 OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S, 1898 FunctionDecl *New, 1899 const LookupResult &OldDecls, 1900 NamedDecl *&OldDecl, 1901 bool IsForUsingDecl); 1902 bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl); 1903 1904 /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current 1905 /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored. 1906 /// 1907 /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside 1908 /// an available function, false otherwise. 1909 bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD); 1910 1911 ImplicitConversionSequence 1912 TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1913 bool SuppressUserConversions, 1914 bool AllowExplicit, 1915 bool InOverloadResolution, 1916 bool CStyle, 1917 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); 1918 1919 bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1920 bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1921 bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1922 bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1923 bool InOverloadResolution, 1924 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1925 bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1926 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1927 bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1928 QualType &ConvertedType); 1929 bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1930 QualType& ConvertedType); 1931 bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, 1932 const FunctionProtoType *NewType, 1933 unsigned *ArgPos = 0); 1934 void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 1935 QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1936 1937 CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E); 1938 bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1939 CastKind &Kind, 1940 CXXCastPath& BasePath, 1941 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1942 bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1943 bool InOverloadResolution, 1944 QualType &ConvertedType); 1945 bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1946 CastKind &Kind, 1947 CXXCastPath &BasePath, 1948 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1949 bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1950 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 1951 bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1952 QualType &ResultTy); 1953 bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 1954 bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanQualType Param, CanQualType Arg); 1955 1956 ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1957 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate, 1958 QualType ResultType, 1959 Expr *Value, 1960 bool AllowNRVO = true); 1961 1962 bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1963 ExprResult Init); 1964 ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1965 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1966 ExprResult Init, 1967 bool TopLevelOfInitList = false, 1968 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1969 ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, 1970 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1971 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1972 CXXMethodDecl *Method); 1973 1974 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From); 1975 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From); 1976 1977 /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required. 1978 enum CCEKind { 1979 CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label. 1980 CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type. 1981 CCEK_TemplateArg, ///< Value of a non-type template parameter. 1982 CCEK_NewExpr ///< Constant expression in a noptr-new-declarator. 1983 }; 1984 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, 1985 llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE); 1986 1987 /// \brief Abstract base class used to perform a contextual implicit 1988 /// conversion from an expression to any type passing a filter. 1989 class ContextualImplicitConverter { 1990 public: 1991 bool Suppress; 1992 bool SuppressConversion; 1993 1994 ContextualImplicitConverter(bool Suppress = false, 1995 bool SuppressConversion = false) 1996 : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) {} 1997 1998 /// \brief Determine whether the specified type is a valid destination type 1999 /// for this conversion. 2000 virtual bool match(QualType T) = 0; 2001 2002 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 2003 /// integral or enumeration type. 2004 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2005 diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 2006 2007 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type. 2008 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2009 diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 2010 2011 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function 2012 /// is explicit. 2013 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv( 2014 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 2015 2016 /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function. 2017 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2018 noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 2019 2020 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion 2021 /// functions. 2022 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2023 diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 2024 2025 /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions. 2026 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2027 noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 2028 2029 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function 2030 /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function). 2031 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion( 2032 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 2033 2034 virtual ~ContextualImplicitConverter() {} 2035 }; 2036 2037 class ICEConvertDiagnoser : public ContextualImplicitConverter { 2038 bool AllowScopedEnumerations; 2039 2040 public: 2041 ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool AllowScopedEnumerations, 2042 bool Suppress, bool SuppressConversion) 2043 : ContextualImplicitConverter(Suppress, SuppressConversion), 2044 AllowScopedEnumerations(AllowScopedEnumerations) {} 2045 2046 /// Match an integral or (possibly scoped) enumeration type. 2047 bool match(QualType T); 2048 2049 SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2050 diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 2051 return diagnoseNotInt(S, Loc, T); 2052 } 2053 2054 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 2055 /// integral or enumeration type. 2056 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2057 diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 2058 }; 2059 2060 /// Perform a contextual implicit conversion. 2061 ExprResult PerformContextualImplicitConversion( 2062 SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter); 2063 2064 2065 enum ObjCSubscriptKind { 2066 OS_Array, 2067 OS_Dictionary, 2068 OS_Error 2069 }; 2070 ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE); 2071 2072 // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as 2073 // this is used for diagnostics logic. 2074 enum ObjCLiteralKind { 2075 LK_Array, 2076 LK_Dictionary, 2077 LK_Numeric, 2078 LK_Boxed, 2079 LK_String, 2080 LK_Block, 2081 LK_None 2082 }; 2083 ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE); 2084 2085 ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, 2086 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 2087 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 2088 NamedDecl *Member); 2089 2090 // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*. 2091 // TODO: make this is a typesafe union. 2092 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet; 2093 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet; 2094 2095 void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, 2096 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2097 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2098 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2099 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 2100 bool PartialOverloading = false, 2101 bool AllowExplicit = false); 2102 void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, 2103 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2104 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2105 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 2106 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 2107 void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2108 QualType ObjectType, 2109 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 2110 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2111 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2112 bool SuppressUserConversion = false); 2113 void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, 2114 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2115 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, 2116 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 2117 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2118 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2119 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 2120 void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, 2121 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2122 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2123 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2124 QualType ObjectType, 2125 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 2126 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2127 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2128 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 2129 void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 2130 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2131 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2132 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2133 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2134 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 2135 void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 2136 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2137 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2138 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 2139 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2140 void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 2141 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2142 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2143 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 2144 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet); 2145 void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 2146 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2147 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2148 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 2149 Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2150 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2151 void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 2152 SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2153 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2154 SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange()); 2155 void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys, 2156 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2157 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2158 bool IsAssignmentOperator = false, 2159 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0); 2160 void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 2161 SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2162 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2163 void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, 2164 bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc, 2165 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2166 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2167 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2168 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2169 2170 // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate 2171 void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType()); 2172 2173 // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates 2174 // identified by the expression Expr 2175 void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType()); 2176 2177 // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] 2178 // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType 2179 // R (A) --> R(A) 2180 // R (*)(A) --> R (A) 2181 // R (&)(A) --> R (A) 2182 // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) 2183 QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType); 2184 2185 FunctionDecl * 2186 ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, 2187 QualType TargetType, 2188 bool Complain, 2189 DeclAccessPair &Found, 2190 bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0); 2191 2192 FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, 2193 bool Complain = false, 2194 DeclAccessPair* Found = 0); 2195 2196 bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( 2197 ExprResult &SrcExpr, 2198 bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false, 2199 bool Complain = false, 2200 const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(), 2201 QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(), 2202 unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0); 2203 2204 2205 Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, 2206 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2207 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2208 ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult, 2209 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2210 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2211 2212 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2213 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2214 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, 2215 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2216 2217 // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a 2218 // range-based for loop. 2219 enum ForRangeStatus { 2220 FRS_Success, 2221 FRS_NoViableFunction, 2222 FRS_DiagnosticIssued 2223 }; 2224 2225 // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin() 2226 // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop. 2227 enum BeginEndFunction { 2228 BEF_begin, 2229 BEF_end 2230 }; 2231 2232 ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 2233 SourceLocation RangeLoc, 2234 VarDecl *Decl, 2235 BeginEndFunction BEF, 2236 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2237 LookupResult &MemberLookup, 2238 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2239 Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr); 2240 2241 ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, 2242 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2243 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2244 MultiExprArg Args, 2245 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2246 Expr *ExecConfig, 2247 bool AllowTypoCorrection=true); 2248 2249 bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2250 MultiExprArg Args, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2251 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2252 ExprResult *Result); 2253 2254 ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2255 unsigned Opc, 2256 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2257 Expr *input); 2258 2259 ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2260 unsigned Opc, 2261 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2262 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 2263 2264 ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, 2265 SourceLocation RLoc, 2266 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx); 2267 2268 ExprResult 2269 BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr, 2270 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2271 MultiExprArg Args, 2272 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2273 ExprResult 2274 BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2275 MultiExprArg Args, 2276 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2277 2278 ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 2279 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2280 bool *NoArrowOperatorFound = 0); 2281 2282 /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is 2283 /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location 2284 /// that best represents the call. 2285 bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, 2286 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD); 2287 2288 /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions. 2289 bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl *const *Param, 2290 ParmVarDecl *const *ParamEnd, 2291 bool CheckParameterNames); 2292 void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD); 2293 void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D); 2294 Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S); 2295 2296 /// \name Name lookup 2297 /// 2298 /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic 2299 /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers, 2300 /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or 2301 /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry 2302 /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup, 2303 /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup. 2304 /// 2305 /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria, 2306 /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how 2307 /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both 2308 /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore 2309 /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name 2310 /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name 2311 /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration. 2312 /// 2313 /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name 2314 /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation 2315 /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing 2316 /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup 2317 /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or 2318 /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name 2319 /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides 2320 /// the ability to distinguish among them. 2321 //@{ 2322 2323 /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform. 2324 enum LookupNameKind { 2325 /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions, 2326 /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names 2327 /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++. 2328 LookupOrdinaryName = 0, 2329 /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes, 2330 /// structs, and unions. 2331 LookupTagName, 2332 /// Label name lookup. 2333 LookupLabel, 2334 /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of 2335 /// class/struct/union members. 2336 LookupMemberName, 2337 /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with 2338 /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name 2339 /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members. 2340 LookupOperatorName, 2341 /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution 2342 /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object, 2343 /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1). 2344 LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, 2345 /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or 2346 /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++ 2347 /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1). 2348 LookupNamespaceName, 2349 /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name, 2350 /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate 2351 /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration. 2352 LookupUsingDeclName, 2353 /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a 2354 /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that 2355 /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See 2356 /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6. 2357 LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage, 2358 /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol. 2359 LookupObjCProtocolName, 2360 /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method. 2361 LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam, 2362 /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name. 2363 LookupAnyName 2364 }; 2365 2366 /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a 2367 /// redeclaration (vs. a reference). 2368 enum RedeclarationKind { 2369 /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the 2370 /// purpose of redeclaring the name. 2371 NotForRedeclaration = 0, 2372 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name, 2373 /// if an entity by that name already exists. 2374 ForRedeclaration 2375 }; 2376 2377 /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator. 2378 enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult { 2379 /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error. 2380 LOLR_Error, 2381 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which 2382 /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it. 2383 LOLR_Cooked, 2384 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects 2385 /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token. 2386 LOLR_Raw, 2387 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, 2388 /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be 2389 /// passed as a non-type template argument pack. 2390 LOLR_Template 2391 }; 2392 2393 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D, 2394 CXXSpecialMember SM, 2395 bool ConstArg, 2396 bool VolatileArg, 2397 bool RValueThis, 2398 bool ConstThis, 2399 bool VolatileThis); 2400 2401private: 2402 bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S); 2403 2404 // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls. 2405 // 2406 // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded 2407 // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise. 2408 llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces; 2409 2410 /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal 2411 /// source. 2412 bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces; 2413 2414public: 2415 /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return 2416 /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded. 2417 /// 2418 /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle 2419 /// ambiguity and overloaded. 2420 NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name, 2421 SourceLocation Loc, 2422 LookupNameKind NameKind, 2423 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2424 = NotForRedeclaration); 2425 bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, 2426 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false); 2427 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, 2428 bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false); 2429 bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2430 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false, 2431 bool EnteringContext = false); 2432 ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, 2433 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2434 = NotForRedeclaration); 2435 2436 void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S, 2437 QualType T1, QualType T2, 2438 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); 2439 2440 LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 2441 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation()); 2442 2443 DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2444 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2445 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2446 unsigned Quals); 2447 CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2448 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2449 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2450 unsigned Quals); 2451 CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2452 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2453 CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2454 2455 LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, 2456 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys, 2457 bool AllowRawAndTemplate); 2458 bool isKnownName(StringRef name); 2459 2460 void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator, 2461 SourceLocation Loc, 2462 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2463 ADLResult &Functions); 2464 2465 void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind, 2466 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2467 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2468 void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind, 2469 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2470 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2471 2472 TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, 2473 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, 2474 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2475 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2476 DeclContext *MemberContext = 0, 2477 bool EnteringContext = false, 2478 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0); 2479 2480 void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, 2481 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2482 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces, 2483 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses); 2484 2485 void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 2486 bool ConsiderLinkage, 2487 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 2488 2489 bool DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result); 2490 //@} 2491 2492 ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 2493 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2494 bool TypoCorrection = false); 2495 NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 2496 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 2497 SourceLocation Loc); 2498 NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II, 2499 Scope *S); 2500 void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD); 2501 2502 // More parsing and symbol table subroutines. 2503 2504 void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2505 // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2506 void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD, 2507 bool NonInheritable = true, 2508 bool Inheritable = true); 2509 void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL, 2510 bool NonInheritable = true, 2511 bool Inheritable = true, 2512 bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true); 2513 bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, 2514 const AttributeList *AttrList); 2515 2516 void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D); 2517 2518 bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value); 2519 bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC, 2520 const FunctionDecl *FD = 0); 2521 bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr); 2522 void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D); 2523 2524 /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2525 StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs, 2526 SourceRange Range); 2527 2528 void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method, 2529 bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID); 2530 void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2531 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2532 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2533 2534 void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2535 ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 2536 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2537 2538 /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method 2539 /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration. 2540 void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2541 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2542 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2543 2544 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet; 2545 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap; 2546 2547 /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented 2548 /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it. 2549 void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc, 2550 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl, 2551 bool& IncompleteImpl, 2552 const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2553 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2554 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2555 2556 /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables 2557 /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface. 2558 void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl, 2559 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars, 2560 SourceLocation Loc); 2561 2562 /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method 2563 /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation. 2564 void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2565 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2566 bool IncompleteImpl = false); 2567 2568 /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties 2569 /// which must be implemented by this implementation. 2570 void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2571 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2572 2573 /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all 2574 /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation. 2575 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2576 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2577 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2578 2579 /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in 2580 /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class. 2581 void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2582 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap, 2583 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap); 2584 2585 /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is 2586 /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor 2587 /// declared in class 'IFace'. 2588 bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace, 2589 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV); 2590 2591 /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in 2592 /// class extensions. 2593 ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S, 2594 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2595 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2596 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2597 Selector GetterSel, 2598 Selector SetterSel, 2599 const bool isAssign, 2600 const bool isReadWrite, 2601 const unsigned Attributes, 2602 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2603 bool *isOverridingProperty, 2604 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2605 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind); 2606 2607 /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to 2608 /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface. 2609 ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S, 2610 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2611 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2612 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2613 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2614 Selector GetterSel, 2615 Selector SetterSel, 2616 const bool isAssign, 2617 const bool isReadWrite, 2618 const unsigned Attributes, 2619 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2620 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2621 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 2622 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 2623 2624 /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via 2625 /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared 2626 /// setter or getter. 2627 void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2628 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl); 2629 2630 void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D); 2631 2632 void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID); 2633 2634 enum MethodMatchStrategy { 2635 MMS_loose, 2636 MMS_strict 2637 }; 2638 2639 /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns 2640 /// true, or false, accordingly. 2641 bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2642 const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod, 2643 MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict); 2644 2645 /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or 2646 /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations. 2647 void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2648 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2649 SelectorSet &InsMapSeen, 2650 SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen, 2651 ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2652 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2653 bool &IncompleteImpl, 2654 bool ImmediateClass, 2655 bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false); 2656 2657 /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in 2658 /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and 2659 /// warns each time an exact match is found. 2660 void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP); 2661 2662 /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods. 2663 void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method); 2664 2665private: 2666 /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global 2667 /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool. 2668 void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance); 2669 2670 /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and 2671 /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures. 2672 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2673 bool receiverIdOrClass, 2674 bool warn, bool instance); 2675 2676public: 2677 /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation 2678 /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate 2679 /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking 2680 /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown). 2681 void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2682 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true); 2683 } 2684 2685 /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods. 2686 void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2687 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false); 2688 } 2689 2690 /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global 2691 /// pool. 2692 void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D); 2693 2694 /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2695 /// there are multiple signatures. 2696 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2697 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2698 bool warn=true) { 2699 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2700 warn, /*instance*/true); 2701 } 2702 2703 /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2704 /// there are multiple signatures. 2705 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2706 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2707 bool warn=true) { 2708 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2709 warn, /*instance*/false); 2710 } 2711 2712 const ObjCMethodDecl *SelectorsForTypoCorrection(Selector Sel, 2713 QualType ObjectType=QualType()); 2714 2715 /// DiagnoseMismatchedMethodsInGlobalPool - This routine goes through list of 2716 /// methods in global pool and issues diagnostic on identical selectors which 2717 /// have mismathched types. 2718 void DiagnoseMismatchedMethodsInGlobalPool(); 2719 2720 /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an 2721 /// implementation. 2722 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel); 2723 2724 /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require 2725 /// initialization. 2726 void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 2727 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars); 2728 2729 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2730 // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp. 2731public: 2732 class FullExprArg { 2733 public: 2734 FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { } 2735 2736 // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this 2737 // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics 2738 // emulation code from Ownership.h). 2739 FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {} 2740 2741 ExprResult release() { 2742 return E; 2743 } 2744 2745 Expr *get() const { return E; } 2746 2747 Expr *operator->() { 2748 return E; 2749 } 2750 2751 private: 2752 // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just 2753 // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below. 2754 friend class Sema; 2755 2756 explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {} 2757 2758 Expr *E; 2759 }; 2760 2761 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2762 return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation()); 2763 } 2764 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) { 2765 return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release()); 2766 } 2767 FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2768 ExprResult FE = 2769 ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(), 2770 /*DiscardedValue*/ true); 2771 return FullExprArg(FE.release()); 2772 } 2773 2774 StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg); 2775 StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError(); 2776 2777 StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc, 2778 bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false); 2779 2780 void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2781 void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2782 StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, 2783 MultiStmtArg Elts, 2784 bool isStmtExpr); 2785 2786 /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement. 2787 class CompoundScopeRAII { 2788 public: 2789 CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) { 2790 S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2791 } 2792 2793 ~CompoundScopeRAII() { 2794 S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2795 } 2796 2797 private: 2798 Sema &S; 2799 }; 2800 2801 StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl, 2802 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2803 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2804 void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl); 2805 StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E); 2806 StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal, 2807 SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal, 2808 SourceLocation ColonLoc); 2809 void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt); 2810 2811 StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2812 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2813 Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope); 2814 StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl, 2815 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt); 2816 2817 StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc, 2818 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs, 2819 Stmt *SubStmt); 2820 2821 StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, 2822 FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar, 2823 Stmt *ThenVal, 2824 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); 2825 StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2826 Expr *Cond, 2827 Decl *CondVar); 2828 StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2829 Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body); 2830 StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2831 FullExprArg Cond, 2832 Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body); 2833 StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body, 2834 SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2835 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond, 2836 SourceLocation CondRParen); 2837 2838 StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2839 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2840 Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second, 2841 Decl *SecondVar, 2842 FullExprArg Third, 2843 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2844 Stmt *Body); 2845 ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc, 2846 Expr *collection); 2847 StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc, 2848 Stmt *First, Expr *collection, 2849 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2850 StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body); 2851 2852 enum BuildForRangeKind { 2853 /// Initial building of a for-range statement. 2854 BFRK_Build, 2855 /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't 2856 /// attempt any typo-correction. 2857 BFRK_Rebuild, 2858 /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any 2859 /// unnecessary or irreversible actions. 2860 BFRK_Check 2861 }; 2862 2863 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar, 2864 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection, 2865 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2866 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2867 StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2868 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2869 Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl, 2870 Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, 2871 Stmt *LoopVarDecl, 2872 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2873 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2874 StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body); 2875 2876 StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2877 SourceLocation LabelLoc, 2878 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 2879 StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2880 SourceLocation StarLoc, 2881 Expr *DestExp); 2882 StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2883 StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2884 2885 void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope, 2886 CapturedRegionKind Kind, unsigned NumParams); 2887 StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S); 2888 void ActOnCapturedRegionError(); 2889 RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD, 2890 SourceLocation Loc, 2891 unsigned NumParams); 2892 const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E, 2893 bool AllowFunctionParameters); 2894 2895 StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2896 StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2897 2898 StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple, 2899 bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs, 2900 unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names, 2901 MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs, 2902 Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers, 2903 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2904 2905 ExprResult LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2906 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2907 UnqualifiedId &Id, 2908 InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info, 2909 bool IsUnevaluatedContext); 2910 bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member, 2911 unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc); 2912 StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 2913 ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks, 2914 StringRef AsmString, 2915 unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs, 2916 ArrayRef<StringRef> Constraints, 2917 ArrayRef<StringRef> Clobbers, 2918 ArrayRef<Expr*> Exprs, 2919 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2920 2921 VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType, 2922 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2923 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 2924 bool Invalid = false); 2925 2926 Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2927 2928 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen, 2929 Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body); 2930 2931 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2932 2933 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try, 2934 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally); 2935 2936 StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw); 2937 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw, 2938 Scope *CurScope); 2939 ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc, 2940 Expr *operand); 2941 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, 2942 Expr *SynchExpr, 2943 Stmt *SynchBody); 2944 2945 StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2946 2947 VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2948 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2949 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2950 IdentifierInfo *Id); 2951 2952 Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2953 2954 StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc, 2955 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock); 2956 StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, 2957 MultiStmtArg Handlers); 2958 2959 StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ? 2960 SourceLocation TryLoc, 2961 Stmt *TryBlock, 2962 Stmt *Handler); 2963 2964 StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2965 Expr *FilterExpr, 2966 Stmt *Block); 2967 2968 StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2969 Stmt *Block); 2970 2971 void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock); 2972 2973 bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const; 2974 2975 /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track 2976 /// of it. 2977 void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D); 2978 2979 /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression 2980 /// whose result is unused, warn. 2981 void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S); 2982 void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND); 2983 2984 /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null 2985 /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line. 2986 /// 2987 /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as: 2988 /// if (condition); 2989 /// do_stuff(); 2990 void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, 2991 const Stmt *Body, 2992 unsigned DiagID); 2993 2994 /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by 2995 /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body. 2996 void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, 2997 const Stmt *PossibleBody); 2998 2999 ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 3000 return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool); 3001 } 3002 void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl); 3003 3004 typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState; 3005 ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() { 3006 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed(); 3007 } 3008 void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) { 3009 DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state); 3010 } 3011 3012 void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool); 3013 3014 void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message, 3015 SourceLocation Loc, 3016 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass, 3017 const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCProperty); 3018 3019 void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 3020 3021 bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc, 3022 StringRef message); 3023 3024 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3025 // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp. 3026 3027 bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D); 3028 bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 3029 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0); 3030 void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); 3031 std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD); 3032 bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 3033 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, 3034 SourceLocation Loc); 3035 void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 3036 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 3037 3038 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 3039 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 3040 bool IsDecltype = false); 3041 enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl }; 3042 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 3043 ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 3044 bool IsDecltype = false); 3045 void PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 3046 3047 void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 3048 3049 ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E); 3050 ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E); 3051 3052 ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res); 3053 3054 // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also 3055 // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or 3056 // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants 3057 // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking 3058 // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the 3059 // named expressions. 3060 void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool OdrUse); 3061 void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func); 3062 void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var); 3063 void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E); 3064 void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E); 3065 3066 void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E); 3067 void CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 3068 3069 enum TryCaptureKind { 3070 TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef 3071 }; 3072 3073 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 3074 /// 3075 /// \param Var The variable to capture. 3076 /// 3077 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs. 3078 /// 3079 /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a 3080 /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda). 3081 /// 3082 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in 3083 /// an explicit lambda capture. 3084 /// 3085 /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the 3086 /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether 3087 /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining 3088 /// if the variable cannot be captured. 3089 /// 3090 /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture 3091 /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the 3092 /// variable can be captured. 3093 /// 3094 /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture 3095 /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be 3096 /// captured. 3097 /// 3098 /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be 3099 /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded. 3100 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind, 3101 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, 3102 QualType &CaptureType, 3103 QualType &DeclRefType); 3104 3105 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 3106 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, 3107 TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit, 3108 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation()); 3109 3110 /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that 3111 /// variable will have in the given scope. 3112 QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); 3113 3114 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); 3115 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, 3116 bool SkipLocalVariables = false); 3117 3118 /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a 3119 /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was 3120 /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid. 3121 bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, 3122 bool ForceComplain = false, 3123 bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0); 3124 3125 /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call. 3126 bool tryExprAsCall(Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy, 3127 UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads); 3128 3129 /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current 3130 /// evaluation context. 3131 /// 3132 /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the 3133 /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic 3134 /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable. 3135 /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted. 3136 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, 3137 const PartialDiagnostic &PD); 3138 3139 // Primary Expressions. 3140 SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const; 3141 3142 ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3143 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3144 UnqualifiedId &Id, 3145 bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, 3146 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0, 3147 bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier = false); 3148 3149 void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, 3150 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, 3151 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3152 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs); 3153 3154 bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, 3155 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 3156 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0, 3157 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = None); 3158 3159 ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S, 3160 IdentifierInfo *II, 3161 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false); 3162 3163 ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3164 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3165 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3166 bool isAddressOfOperand, 3167 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3168 3169 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 3170 ExprValueKind VK, 3171 SourceLocation Loc, 3172 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 3173 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, 3174 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3175 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, NamedDecl *FoundD = 0, 3176 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0); 3177 ExprResult 3178 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference( 3179 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3180 SourceLocation nameLoc, 3181 IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField, 3182 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(0, AS_none), 3183 Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0, 3184 SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation()); 3185 3186 ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3187 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3188 LookupResult &R, 3189 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3190 ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3191 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3192 LookupResult &R, 3193 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3194 bool IsDefiniteInstance); 3195 bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3196 const LookupResult &R, 3197 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3198 3199 ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3200 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3201 bool IsAddressOfOperand); 3202 ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3203 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3204 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3205 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3206 3207 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3208 LookupResult &R, 3209 bool NeedsADL); 3210 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr( 3211 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *D, 3212 NamedDecl *FoundD = 0, const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0); 3213 3214 ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, 3215 DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, 3216 ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 3217 SourceLocation LitEndLoc, 3218 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 3219 3220 ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3221 ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val); 3222 ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3223 ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3224 ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E); 3225 ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, 3226 SourceLocation R, 3227 MultiExprArg Val); 3228 3229 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string 3230 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). 3231 ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks, 3232 Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3233 3234 ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3235 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3236 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3237 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3238 ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes, 3239 ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs); 3240 ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3241 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3242 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3243 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3244 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types, 3245 ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs); 3246 3247 // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. 3248 ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, 3249 Expr *InputExpr); 3250 ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3251 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input); 3252 ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3253 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input); 3254 3255 QualType CheckAddressOfOperand(ExprResult &Operand, SourceLocation OpLoc); 3256 3257 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3258 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3259 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3260 SourceRange R); 3261 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3262 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3263 ExprResult 3264 ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3265 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3266 bool IsType, void *TyOrEx, 3267 const SourceRange &ArgRange); 3268 3269 ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E); 3270 bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E); 3271 3272 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3273 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3274 SourceRange ExprRange, 3275 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3276 ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S, 3277 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3278 IdentifierInfo &Name, 3279 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3280 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3281 ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3282 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input); 3283 3284 ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3285 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3286 ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3287 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3288 3289 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3290 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3291 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3292 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3293 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3294 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3295 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3296 3297 // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow 3298 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after 3299 // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the 3300 // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class 3301 // defines a custom operator->). 3302 struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs { 3303 Scope *S; 3304 UnqualifiedId &Id; 3305 Decl *ObjCImpDecl; 3306 bool HasTrailingLParen; 3307 }; 3308 3309 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3310 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3311 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3312 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3313 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3314 LookupResult &R, 3315 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3316 bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false, 3317 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0); 3318 3319 ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow); 3320 ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base, 3321 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3322 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3323 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3324 bool HasTemplateArgs); 3325 3326 bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType, 3327 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3328 const LookupResult &R); 3329 3330 ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3331 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3332 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3333 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3334 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3335 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3336 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3337 3338 ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3339 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3340 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3341 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3342 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3343 UnqualifiedId &Member, 3344 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3345 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3346 3347 void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl); 3348 bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, 3349 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 3350 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 3351 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 3352 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3353 bool ExecConfig = false); 3354 void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3355 ParmVarDecl *Param, 3356 const Expr *ArgExpr); 3357 3358 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. 3359 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma 3360 /// locations. 3361 ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3362 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3363 Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false); 3364 ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, 3365 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3366 ArrayRef<Expr *> Arg, 3367 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3368 Expr *Config = 0, 3369 bool IsExecConfig = false); 3370 3371 ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, 3372 MultiExprArg ExecConfig, 3373 SourceLocation GGGLoc); 3374 3375 ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3376 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, 3377 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr); 3378 ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3379 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3380 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3381 Expr *Op); 3382 CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType); 3383 3384 /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal. 3385 ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3386 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, 3387 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 3388 3389 ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME); 3390 3391 ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3392 ParsedType Ty, 3393 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3394 Expr *InitExpr); 3395 3396 ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3397 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3398 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3399 Expr *LiteralExpr); 3400 3401 ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 3402 MultiExprArg InitArgList, 3403 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 3404 3405 ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig, 3406 SourceLocation Loc, 3407 bool GNUSyntax, 3408 ExprResult Init); 3409 3410 ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, 3411 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3412 ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3413 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3414 ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, 3415 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3416 3417 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null 3418 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. 3419 ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 3420 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3421 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3422 3423 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". 3424 ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, 3425 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 3426 3427 void ActOnStartStmtExpr(); 3428 ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, 3429 SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})" 3430 void ActOnStmtExprError(); 3431 3432 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) 3433 struct OffsetOfComponent { 3434 SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd; 3435 bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident 3436 union { 3437 IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo; 3438 Expr *E; 3439 } U; 3440 }; 3441 3442 /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c) 3443 ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3444 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3445 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3446 unsigned NumComponents, 3447 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3448 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, 3449 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3450 SourceLocation TypeLoc, 3451 ParsedType ParsedArgTy, 3452 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3453 unsigned NumComponents, 3454 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3455 3456 // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2) 3457 ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3458 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, 3459 Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3460 3461 // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type) 3462 ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, 3463 SourceLocation RPLoc); 3464 ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, 3465 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3466 3467 // __null 3468 ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc); 3469 3470 bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E); 3471 3472 /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check. 3473 enum IfExistsResult { 3474 /// \brief The symbol exists. 3475 IER_Exists, 3476 3477 /// \brief The symbol does not exist. 3478 IER_DoesNotExist, 3479 3480 /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ 3481 /// from one instantiation to the next. 3482 IER_Dependent, 3483 3484 /// \brief An error occurred. 3485 IER_Error 3486 }; 3487 3488 IfExistsResult 3489 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3490 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo); 3491 3492 IfExistsResult 3493 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3494 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3495 UnqualifiedId &Name); 3496 3497 StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3498 bool IsIfExists, 3499 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 3500 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, 3501 Stmt *Nested); 3502 StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3503 bool IsIfExists, 3504 CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name, 3505 Stmt *Nested); 3506 3507 //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===// 3508 3509 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is 3510 /// started. 3511 void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3512 3513 /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments. 3514 /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked. 3515 void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo, 3516 Scope *CurScope); 3517 3518 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback 3519 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. 3520 void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3521 3522 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement 3523 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} 3524 ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body, 3525 Scope *CurScope); 3526 3527 //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===// 3528 3529 /// __builtin_astype(...) 3530 ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, 3531 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3532 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3533 3534 //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===// 3535 3536 // Act on C++ namespaces 3537 Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc, 3538 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3539 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3540 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 3541 SourceLocation LBrace, 3542 AttributeList *AttrList); 3543 void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace); 3544 3545 NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const; 3546 NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace(); 3547 3548 CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const; 3549 3550 /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if 3551 /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element. 3552 bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element); 3553 3554 /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it 3555 /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found. 3556 /// 3557 /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error. 3558 QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc); 3559 3560 /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as 3561 /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2. 3562 bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor); 3563 3564 Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, 3565 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3566 SourceLocation NamespcLoc, 3567 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3568 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3569 IdentifierInfo *NamespcName, 3570 AttributeList *AttrList); 3571 3572 void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir); 3573 3574 Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope, 3575 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3576 SourceLocation AliasLoc, 3577 IdentifierInfo *Alias, 3578 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3579 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3580 IdentifierInfo *Ident); 3581 3582 void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow); 3583 bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target, 3584 const LookupResult &PreviousDecls); 3585 UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD, 3586 NamedDecl *Target); 3587 3588 bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3589 bool HasTypenameKeyword, 3590 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3591 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3592 const LookupResult &Previous); 3593 bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3594 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3595 SourceLocation NameLoc); 3596 3597 NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3598 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3599 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3600 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3601 AttributeList *AttrList, 3602 bool IsInstantiation, 3603 bool HasTypenameKeyword, 3604 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3605 3606 bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD); 3607 3608 Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3609 AccessSpecifier AS, 3610 bool HasUsingKeyword, 3611 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3612 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3613 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3614 AttributeList *AttrList, 3615 bool HasTypenameKeyword, 3616 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3617 Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3618 AccessSpecifier AS, 3619 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3620 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3621 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3622 AttributeList *AttrList, 3623 TypeResult Type); 3624 3625 /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor, 3626 /// including handling of its default argument expressions. 3627 /// 3628 /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind 3629 ExprResult 3630 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3631 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs, 3632 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization, 3633 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, 3634 SourceRange ParenRange); 3635 3636 // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if 3637 // the constructor can be elidable? 3638 ExprResult 3639 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3640 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, 3641 MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates, 3642 bool IsListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit, 3643 unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange); 3644 3645 /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating 3646 /// the default expr if needed. 3647 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3648 FunctionDecl *FD, 3649 ParmVarDecl *Param); 3650 3651 /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the 3652 /// constructed variable. 3653 void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType); 3654 3655 /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for 3656 /// implicitly-declared special member functions. 3657 class ImplicitExceptionSpecification { 3658 // Pointer to allow copying 3659 Sema *Self; 3660 // We order exception specifications thus: 3661 // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11. 3662 // throw() comes next. 3663 // Then a throw(collected exceptions) 3664 // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false). 3665 // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it. 3666 ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST; 3667 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen; 3668 SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions; 3669 3670 void ClearExceptions() { 3671 ExceptionsSeen.clear(); 3672 Exceptions.clear(); 3673 } 3674 3675 public: 3676 explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self) 3677 : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) { 3678 if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 3679 ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone; 3680 } 3681 3682 /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type. 3683 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { 3684 assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && 3685 "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result"); 3686 return ComputedEST; 3687 } 3688 3689 /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification. 3690 unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); } 3691 3692 /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification. 3693 const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); } 3694 3695 /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data. 3696 void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3697 3698 /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data. 3699 void CalledExpr(Expr *E); 3700 3701 /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this 3702 /// computed exception specification. 3703 void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 3704 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType(); 3705 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) { 3706 EPI.NumExceptions = size(); 3707 EPI.Exceptions = data(); 3708 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None) { 3709 /// C++11 [except.spec]p14: 3710 /// The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of 3711 /// potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any" 3712 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_ComputedNoexcept; 3713 EPI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(), 3714 tok::kw_false).take(); 3715 } 3716 } 3717 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const { 3718 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 3719 getEPI(EPI); 3720 return EPI; 3721 } 3722 }; 3723 3724 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3725 /// copy constructor of a class will have. 3726 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3727 ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 3728 CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3729 3730 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3731 /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter 3732 /// will be const. 3733 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3734 ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3735 3736 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled 3737 /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the 3738 /// parameter will be const. 3739 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3740 ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3741 3742 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3743 /// constructor of a class will have. 3744 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3745 ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3746 3747 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3748 /// assignment operator of a class will have. 3749 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3750 ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3751 3752 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3753 /// destructor of a class will have. 3754 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3755 ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3756 3757 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification an inheriting 3758 /// constructor of a class will have. 3759 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3760 ComputeInheritingCtorExceptionSpec(CXXConstructorDecl *CD); 3761 3762 /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted 3763 /// special member function. 3764 void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3765 3766 /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the 3767 /// extended prototype information with the results. 3768 void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, 3769 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, 3770 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, 3771 Expr *NoexceptExpr, 3772 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions, 3773 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 3774 3775 /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted 3776 /// definition when it is defaulted. 3777 bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 3778 bool Diagnose = false); 3779 3780 /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class. 3781 /// 3782 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3783 /// default constructor will be added. 3784 /// 3785 /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor. 3786 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor( 3787 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3788 3789 /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3790 /// defining this constructor as the default constructor. 3791 void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3792 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3793 3794 /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class. 3795 /// 3796 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3797 /// destructor will be added. 3798 /// 3799 /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor. 3800 CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3801 3802 /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of 3803 /// defining this destructor as the default destructor. 3804 void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3805 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3806 3807 /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one. 3808 /// 3809 /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one 3810 /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared. 3811 void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 3812 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3813 3814 /// \brief Declare all inheriting constructors for the given class. 3815 /// 3816 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inheriting 3817 /// constructors will be added. 3818 void DeclareInheritingConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3819 3820 /// \brief Define the specified inheriting constructor. 3821 void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc, 3822 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3823 3824 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class. 3825 /// 3826 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3827 /// copy constructor will be added. 3828 /// 3829 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor. 3830 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3831 3832 /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3833 /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor. 3834 void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3835 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3836 3837 /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class. 3838 /// 3839 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3840 /// move constructor will be added. 3841 /// 3842 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't 3843 /// declared. 3844 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3845 3846 /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3847 /// defining this constructor as the move constructor. 3848 void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3849 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3850 3851 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class. 3852 /// 3853 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3854 /// copy assignment operator will be added. 3855 /// 3856 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3857 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3858 3859 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3860 void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3861 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3862 3863 /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class. 3864 /// 3865 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3866 /// move assignment operator will be added. 3867 /// 3868 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it 3869 /// wasn't declared. 3870 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3871 3872 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator. 3873 void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3874 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3875 3876 /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this 3877 /// class. 3878 void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 3879 3880 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted 3881 /// special member function. 3882 bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD); 3883 3884 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member 3885 /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be. 3886 /// 3887 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3888 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3889 3890 /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static 3891 /// member function. 3892 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3893 3894 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given 3895 /// static member function. 3896 /// 3897 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3898 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3899 3900 /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with 3901 /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise 3902 /// it simply returns the passed in expression. 3903 ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E); 3904 3905 bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3906 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr, 3907 SourceLocation Loc, 3908 SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs, 3909 bool AllowExplicit = false, 3910 bool IsListInitialization = false); 3911 3912 ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3913 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3914 IdentifierInfo &Name); 3915 3916 ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3917 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 3918 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3919 ParsedType ObjectType, 3920 bool EnteringContext); 3921 3922 ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType); 3923 3924 // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior. 3925 void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType, 3926 bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range); 3927 3928 /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's. 3929 ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3930 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3931 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc, 3932 Declarator &D, 3933 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc, 3934 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3935 Expr *E, 3936 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3937 3938 ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3939 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3940 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3941 Expr *E, 3942 SourceRange AngleBrackets, 3943 SourceRange Parens); 3944 3945 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3946 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3947 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3948 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3949 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3950 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3951 Expr *Operand, 3952 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3953 3954 /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ). 3955 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3956 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3957 void *TyOrExpr, 3958 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3959 3960 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3961 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3962 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3963 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3964 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3965 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3966 Expr *Operand, 3967 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3968 3969 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ). 3970 ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3971 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3972 void *TyOrExpr, 3973 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3974 3975 3976 //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer. 3977 ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc); 3978 3979 /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer. 3980 /// 3981 /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 3982 QualType getCurrentThisType(); 3983 3984 /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the 3985 /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases, 3986 /// this provides the type used for 'this'. 3987 QualType CXXThisTypeOverride; 3988 3989 /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression 3990 /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type. 3991 class CXXThisScopeRAII { 3992 Sema &S; 3993 QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 3994 bool Enabled; 3995 3996 public: 3997 /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled), 3998 /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a 3999 /// class) along with the given qualifiers. 4000 /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'. 4001 CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 4002 bool Enabled = true); 4003 4004 ~CXXThisScopeRAII(); 4005 }; 4006 4007 /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current 4008 /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context. 4009 /// 4010 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs. 4011 /// 4012 /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda 4013 /// capture list. 4014 void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false); 4015 4016 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used 4017 /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently 4018 /// being defined. 4019 bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType); 4020 4021 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 4022 ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 4023 4024 4025 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. 4026 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 4027 4028 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 4029 ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc); 4030 4031 //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 4032 ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr); 4033 ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 4034 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 4035 ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E, 4036 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 4037 4038 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 4039 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 4040 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 4041 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 4042 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 4043 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4044 MultiExprArg Exprs, 4045 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4046 4047 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type, 4048 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4049 MultiExprArg Exprs, 4050 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4051 4052 /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression. 4053 ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 4054 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 4055 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 4056 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 4057 SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D, 4058 Expr *Initializer); 4059 ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, 4060 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 4061 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 4062 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 4063 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 4064 QualType AllocType, 4065 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 4066 Expr *ArraySize, 4067 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 4068 Expr *Initializer, 4069 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 4070 4071 bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 4072 SourceRange R); 4073 bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 4074 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, 4075 MultiExprArg PlaceArgs, 4076 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 4077 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete); 4078 bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 4079 DeclarationName Name, MultiExprArg Args, 4080 DeclContext *Ctx, 4081 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator, 4082 bool Diagnose = true); 4083 void DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 4084 void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return, 4085 QualType Argument, 4086 bool addMallocAttr = false); 4087 4088 bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 4089 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator, 4090 bool Diagnose = true); 4091 4092 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression 4093 ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, 4094 bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm, 4095 Expr *Operand); 4096 4097 DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 4098 ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 4099 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 4100 bool ConvertToBoolean); 4101 4102 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen, 4103 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen); 4104 ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 4105 SourceLocation RParen); 4106 4107 /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 4108 /// pseudo-functions. 4109 ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 4110 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4111 ParsedType Ty, 4112 SourceLocation RParen); 4113 4114 ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 4115 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4116 TypeSourceInfo *T, 4117 SourceLocation RParen); 4118 4119 /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 4120 /// pseudo-functions. 4121 ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT, 4122 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4123 ParsedType LhsTy, 4124 ParsedType RhsTy, 4125 SourceLocation RParen); 4126 4127 ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT, 4128 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4129 TypeSourceInfo *LhsT, 4130 TypeSourceInfo *RhsT, 4131 SourceLocation RParen); 4132 4133 /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions. 4134 ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4135 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 4136 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4137 ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4138 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 4139 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4140 4141 /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 4142 /// pseudo-functions. 4143 ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4144 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4145 ParsedType LhsTy, 4146 Expr *DimExpr, 4147 SourceLocation RParen); 4148 4149 ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4150 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4151 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 4152 Expr *DimExpr, 4153 SourceLocation RParen); 4154 4155 /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 4156 /// pseudo-functions. 4157 ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 4158 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4159 Expr *Queried, 4160 SourceLocation RParen); 4161 4162 ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 4163 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4164 Expr *Queried, 4165 SourceLocation RParen); 4166 4167 ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, 4168 Expr *Base, 4169 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4170 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4171 ParsedType &ObjectType, 4172 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor); 4173 4174 ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr); 4175 4176 ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 4177 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4178 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4179 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4180 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, 4181 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4182 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4183 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType, 4184 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4185 4186 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 4187 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4188 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4189 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4190 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 4191 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4192 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4193 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName, 4194 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4195 4196 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 4197 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4198 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4199 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4200 const DeclSpec& DS, 4201 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4202 4203 /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression 4204 /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node. 4205 /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression. 4206 Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr); 4207 Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt); 4208 ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr); 4209 4210 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) { 4211 return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc() 4212 : SourceLocation()); 4213 } 4214 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC, 4215 bool DiscardedValue = false, 4216 bool IsConstexpr = false); 4217 StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt); 4218 4219 // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type. 4220 bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC); 4221 4222 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T); 4223 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4224 bool EnteringContext = false); 4225 bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4226 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 4227 4228 /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'. 4229 /// 4230 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4231 /// 4232 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4233 /// 4234 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place 4235 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. 4236 /// 4237 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4238 bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc, 4239 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4240 4241 bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD); 4242 NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 4243 4244 bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4245 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4246 IdentifierInfo &II, 4247 ParsedType ObjectType); 4248 4249 bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4250 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4251 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4252 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4253 QualType ObjectType, 4254 bool EnteringContext, 4255 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4256 NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult, 4257 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup); 4258 4259 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'. 4260 /// 4261 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4262 /// 4263 /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'. 4264 /// 4265 /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier. 4266 /// 4267 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4268 /// 4269 /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing 4270 /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression. 4271 /// 4272 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by 4273 /// this nested-name-specifier. 4274 /// 4275 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4276 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4277 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4278 /// including this new type). 4279 /// 4280 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4281 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4282 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4283 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4284 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4285 ParsedType ObjectType, 4286 bool EnteringContext, 4287 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4288 4289 ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E); 4290 4291 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4292 const DeclSpec &DS, 4293 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc); 4294 4295 bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4296 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4297 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4298 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4299 ParsedType ObjectType, 4300 bool EnteringContext); 4301 4302 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 4303 /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'. 4304 /// 4305 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4306 /// 4307 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4308 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4309 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4310 /// including this new type). 4311 /// 4312 /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 4313 /// \param TemplateName the template name. 4314 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 4315 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 4316 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 4317 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 4318 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4319 /// 4320 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the 4321 /// nested-name-specifier. 4322 /// 4323 /// 4324 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4325 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4326 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4327 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4328 TemplateTy TemplateName, 4329 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4330 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4331 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4332 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4333 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4334 bool EnteringContext); 4335 4336 /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value 4337 /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given 4338 /// nested-name-specifier. 4339 /// 4340 /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier. 4341 /// 4342 /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the 4343 /// nested-name-specifier \p SS. 4344 void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4345 4346 /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore 4347 /// the nested-name-specifier structure. 4348 /// 4349 /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by 4350 /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(). 4351 /// 4352 /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation. 4353 /// 4354 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents 4355 /// of the annotation pointer. 4356 void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation, 4357 SourceRange AnnotationRange, 4358 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4359 4360 bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4361 4362 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global 4363 /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id. 4364 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be 4365 /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and 4366 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called. 4367 /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec. 4368 bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4369 4370 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously 4371 /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same 4372 /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well. 4373 /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the 4374 /// defining scope. 4375 void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4376 4377 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an 4378 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4379 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a 4380 /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of 4381 /// class X. 4382 void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4383 4384 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an 4385 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4386 void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4387 4388 /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type. 4389 CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4390 TypeSourceInfo *Info, 4391 bool KnownDependent); 4392 4393 /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression. 4394 CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4395 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4396 TypeSourceInfo *MethodType, 4397 SourceLocation EndLoc, 4398 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params); 4399 4400 /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression. 4401 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 4402 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4403 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, 4404 bool ExplicitParams, 4405 bool ExplicitResultType, 4406 bool Mutable); 4407 4408 /// \brief Check and build an init-capture with the specified name and 4409 /// initializer. 4410 FieldDecl *checkInitCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef, 4411 IdentifierInfo *Id, Expr *Init); 4412 4413 /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the 4414 /// given lambda. 4415 void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); 4416 4417 /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope. 4418 void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope); 4419 4420 /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return 4421 /// statements present in the body. 4422 void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI); 4423 4424 /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start 4425 /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and 4426 /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the 4427 /// lambda. 4428 void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 4429 Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); 4430 4431 /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback 4432 /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda. 4433 void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope, 4434 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4435 4436 /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression 4437 /// was successfully completed. 4438 ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body, 4439 Scope *CurScope, 4440 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4441 4442 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4443 /// function pointer. 4444 /// 4445 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4446 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4447 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4448 /// block pointer conversion. 4449 void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion( 4450 SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4451 4452 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4453 /// block pointer. 4454 /// 4455 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4456 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4457 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4458 /// block pointer conversion. 4459 void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc, 4460 CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4461 4462 ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 4463 SourceLocation ConvLocation, 4464 CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 4465 Expr *Src); 4466 4467 // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals. 4468 ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs, 4469 Expr **Strings, 4470 unsigned NumStrings); 4471 4472 ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S); 4473 4474 /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4475 /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *" 4476 /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable. 4477 ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number); 4478 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc, 4479 bool Value); 4480 ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements); 4481 4482 /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4483 /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will 4484 /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of 4485 /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or 4486 /// "char *" or "const char *". 4487 ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr); 4488 4489 ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr, 4490 Expr *IndexExpr, 4491 ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod, 4492 ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod); 4493 4494 ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR, 4495 ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements, 4496 unsigned NumElements); 4497 4498 ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4499 TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo, 4500 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4501 ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 4502 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 4503 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 4504 4505 ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4506 SourceLocation EncodeLoc, 4507 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4508 ParsedType Ty, 4509 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4510 4511 /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector 4512 ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel, 4513 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4514 SourceLocation SelLoc, 4515 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4516 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4517 4518 /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol 4519 ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName, 4520 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4521 SourceLocation ProtoLoc, 4522 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4523 SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc, 4524 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4525 4526 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4527 // C++ Declarations 4528 // 4529 Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4530 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4531 SourceLocation LangLoc, 4532 StringRef Lang, 4533 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 4534 Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4535 Decl *LinkageSpec, 4536 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 4537 4538 4539 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4540 // C++ Classes 4541 // 4542 bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S, 4543 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 4544 4545 bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, 4546 SourceLocation ASLoc, 4547 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4548 AttributeList *Attrs = 0); 4549 4550 NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 4551 Declarator &D, 4552 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4553 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS, 4554 InClassInitStyle InitStyle); 4555 void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4556 Expr *Init); 4557 4558 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4559 Scope *S, 4560 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4561 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4562 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4563 const DeclSpec &DS, 4564 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4565 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4566 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 4567 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4568 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4569 4570 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4571 Scope *S, 4572 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4573 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4574 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4575 const DeclSpec &DS, 4576 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4577 Expr *InitList, 4578 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4579 4580 MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4581 Scope *S, 4582 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4583 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4584 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4585 const DeclSpec &DS, 4586 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4587 Expr *Init, 4588 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4589 4590 MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member, 4591 Expr *Init, 4592 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4593 4594 MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType, 4595 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo, 4596 Expr *Init, 4597 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 4598 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4599 4600 MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4601 Expr *Init, 4602 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4603 4604 bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4605 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer); 4606 4607 bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors, 4608 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = None); 4609 4610 void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation); 4611 4612 4613 /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl, 4614 /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as 4615 /// referenced. 4616 void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4617 CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4618 4619 /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within 4620 /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the 4621 /// first use occurred. 4622 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse; 4623 4624 /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been 4625 /// materialized. 4626 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses; 4627 4628 /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within 4629 /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is 4630 /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed 4631 /// by code generation). 4632 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed; 4633 4634 /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses. 4635 void LoadExternalVTableUses(); 4636 4637 typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 4638 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2> 4639 DynamicClassesType; 4640 4641 /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation 4642 /// unit. 4643 DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses; 4644 4645 /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the 4646 /// given location. 4647 void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4648 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 4649 4650 /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions 4651 /// in the given class as needed. 4652 void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc, 4653 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4654 4655 /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given 4656 /// CXXRecordDecl referenced. 4657 void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4658 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4659 4660 /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this 4661 /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those 4662 /// vtables. 4663 /// 4664 /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise. 4665 bool DefineUsedVTables(); 4666 4667 void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4668 4669 void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl, 4670 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4671 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits, 4672 bool AnyErrors); 4673 4674 void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4675 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc, 4676 Decl *TagDecl, 4677 SourceLocation LBrac, 4678 SourceLocation RBrac, 4679 AttributeList *AttrList); 4680 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls(); 4681 4682 void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template); 4683 void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D); 4684 void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4685 void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4686 void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param); 4687 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4688 void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4689 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record); 4690 void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, bool Flag = true); 4691 bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction(); 4692 4693 Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4694 Expr *AssertExpr, 4695 Expr *AssertMessageExpr, 4696 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4697 Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4698 Expr *AssertExpr, 4699 StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr, 4700 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4701 bool Failed); 4702 4703 FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart, 4704 SourceLocation FriendLoc, 4705 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo); 4706 Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 4707 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4708 NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4709 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4710 4711 QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4712 StorageClass& SC); 4713 void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 4714 QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4715 StorageClass& SC); 4716 bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 4717 void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, 4718 StorageClass& SC); 4719 Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion); 4720 4721 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 4722 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD, 4723 const FunctionProtoType *T); 4724 void CheckDelayedExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs(); 4725 4726 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4727 // C++ Derived Classes 4728 // 4729 4730 /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier 4731 CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4732 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4733 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4734 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4735 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4736 4737 BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl, 4738 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4739 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 4740 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4741 ParsedType basetype, 4742 SourceLocation BaseLoc, 4743 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4744 4745 bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4746 unsigned NumBases); 4747 void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4748 unsigned NumBases); 4749 4750 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base); 4751 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4752 4753 // FIXME: I don't like this name. 4754 void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4755 4756 bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4757 4758 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4759 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4760 CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 4761 bool IgnoreAccess = false); 4762 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4763 unsigned InaccessibleBaseID, 4764 unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID, 4765 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4766 DeclarationName Name, 4767 CXXCastPath *BasePath); 4768 4769 std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4770 4771 bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4772 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4773 4774 /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are 4775 /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5. 4776 bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4777 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4778 4779 /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception 4780 /// spec is a subset of base spec. 4781 bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4782 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4783 4784 bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange); 4785 4786 /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics. 4787 void CheckOverrideControl(Decl *D); 4788 4789 /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function 4790 /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to 4791 /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4. 4792 bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4793 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4794 4795 4796 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4797 // C++ Access Control 4798 // 4799 4800 enum AccessResult { 4801 AR_accessible, 4802 AR_inaccessible, 4803 AR_dependent, 4804 AR_delayed 4805 }; 4806 4807 bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl, 4808 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl, 4809 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS); 4810 4811 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E, 4812 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4813 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E, 4814 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4815 AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc, 4816 SourceRange PlacementRange, 4817 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, 4818 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 4819 bool Diagnose = true); 4820 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4821 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4822 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4823 AccessSpecifier Access, 4824 bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false); 4825 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4826 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4827 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4828 AccessSpecifier Access, 4829 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); 4830 AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4831 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, 4832 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 4833 QualType objectType = QualType()); 4834 AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D); 4835 AccessResult CheckMemberAccess(SourceLocation UseLoc, 4836 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, 4837 NamedDecl *D); 4838 AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4839 Expr *ObjectExpr, 4840 Expr *ArgExpr, 4841 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4842 AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr, 4843 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4844 AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc, 4845 QualType Base, QualType Derived, 4846 const CXXBasePath &Path, 4847 unsigned DiagID, 4848 bool ForceCheck = false, 4849 bool ForceUnprivileged = false); 4850 void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R); 4851 bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx); 4852 bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl, 4853 AccessSpecifier access, 4854 QualType objectType); 4855 4856 void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD, 4857 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4858 void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern, 4859 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4860 4861 void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 4862 4863 /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE 4864 /// failures rather than hard errors. 4865 bool AccessCheckingSFINAE; 4866 4867 enum AbstractDiagSelID { 4868 AbstractNone = -1, 4869 AbstractReturnType, 4870 AbstractParamType, 4871 AbstractVariableType, 4872 AbstractFieldType, 4873 AbstractIvarType, 4874 AbstractSynthesizedIvarType, 4875 AbstractArrayType 4876 }; 4877 4878 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4879 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 4880 template<typename T1> 4881 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4882 unsigned DiagID, 4883 const T1 &Arg1) { 4884 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 4885 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4886 } 4887 4888 template<typename T1, typename T2> 4889 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4890 unsigned DiagID, 4891 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 4892 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 4893 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4894 } 4895 4896 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 4897 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4898 unsigned DiagID, 4899 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 4900 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3); 4901 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4902 } 4903 4904 void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4905 4906 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, 4907 AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone); 4908 4909 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4910 // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5] 4911 // 4912 4913 bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4914 4915 bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4916 4917 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4918 // C++ Templates [C++ 14] 4919 // 4920 void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4921 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4922 bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4923 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4924 4925 void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4926 QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, 4927 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4928 4929 TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S, 4930 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4931 bool hasTemplateKeyword, 4932 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4933 ParsedType ObjectType, 4934 bool EnteringContext, 4935 TemplateTy &Template, 4936 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4937 4938 bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 4939 SourceLocation IILoc, 4940 Scope *S, 4941 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, 4942 TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate, 4943 TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind); 4944 4945 void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl); 4946 TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl); 4947 4948 Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis, 4949 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4950 SourceLocation KeyLoc, 4951 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4952 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4953 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position, 4954 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4955 ParsedType DefaultArg); 4956 4957 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 4958 Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4959 unsigned Depth, 4960 unsigned Position, 4961 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4962 Expr *DefaultArg); 4963 Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S, 4964 SourceLocation TmpLoc, 4965 TemplateParameterList *Params, 4966 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4967 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4968 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4969 unsigned Depth, 4970 unsigned Position, 4971 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4972 ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg); 4973 4974 TemplateParameterList * 4975 ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth, 4976 SourceLocation ExportLoc, 4977 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4978 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4979 Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 4980 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4981 4982 /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter list. 4983 enum TemplateParamListContext { 4984 TPC_ClassTemplate, 4985 TPC_VarTemplate, 4986 TPC_FunctionTemplate, 4987 TPC_ClassTemplateMember, 4988 TPC_FriendClassTemplate, 4989 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate, 4990 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition, 4991 TPC_TypeAliasTemplate 4992 }; 4993 4994 bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams, 4995 TemplateParameterList *OldParams, 4996 TemplateParamListContext TPC); 4997 TemplateParameterList *MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 4998 SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, SourceLocation DeclLoc, 4999 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> ParamLists, 5000 bool IsFriend, bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, bool &Invalid); 5001 5002 DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 5003 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5004 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 5005 AttributeList *Attr, 5006 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, 5007 AccessSpecifier AS, 5008 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 5009 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists, 5010 TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists); 5011 5012 void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In, 5013 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out); 5014 5015 void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name); 5016 5017 QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template, 5018 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5019 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); 5020 5021 TypeResult 5022 ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 5023 TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5024 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5025 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5026 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5027 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false); 5028 5029 /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id, 5030 /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>. 5031 TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK, 5032 TypeSpecifierType TagSpec, 5033 SourceLocation TagLoc, 5034 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5035 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 5036 TemplateTy TemplateD, 5037 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5038 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5039 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn, 5040 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 5041 5042 DeclResult ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 5043 Scope *S, VarTemplateDecl *VarTemplate, Declarator &D, TypeSourceInfo *DI, 5044 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, 5045 StorageClass SC, bool IsPartialSpecialization); 5046 5047 DeclResult CheckVarTemplateId(VarTemplateDecl *Template, 5048 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5049 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5050 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); 5051 5052 ExprResult CheckVarTemplateId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5053 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5054 VarTemplateDecl *Template, 5055 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5056 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 5057 5058 ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5059 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 5060 LookupResult &R, 5061 bool RequiresADL, 5062 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 5063 5064 ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5065 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 5066 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5067 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 5068 5069 TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S, 5070 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5071 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 5072 UnqualifiedId &Name, 5073 ParsedType ObjectType, 5074 bool EnteringContext, 5075 TemplateTy &Template); 5076 5077 DeclResult 5078 ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 5079 SourceLocation KWLoc, 5080 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 5081 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5082 TemplateTy Template, 5083 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5084 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5085 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5086 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5087 AttributeList *Attr, 5088 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 5089 5090 Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S, 5091 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 5092 Declarator &D); 5093 5094 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 5095 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 5096 Declarator &D); 5097 5098 bool 5099 CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc, 5100 TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK, 5101 NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 5102 TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK, 5103 SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation, 5104 bool &SuppressNew); 5105 5106 bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 5107 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5108 LookupResult &Previous); 5109 5110 bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 5111 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5112 LookupResult &Previous); 5113 bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); 5114 5115 DeclResult 5116 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 5117 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 5118 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5119 unsigned TagSpec, 5120 SourceLocation KWLoc, 5121 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5122 TemplateTy Template, 5123 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5124 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5125 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5126 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5127 AttributeList *Attr); 5128 5129 DeclResult 5130 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 5131 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 5132 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5133 unsigned TagSpec, 5134 SourceLocation KWLoc, 5135 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5136 IdentifierInfo *Name, 5137 SourceLocation NameLoc, 5138 AttributeList *Attr); 5139 5140 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 5141 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 5142 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5143 Declarator &D); 5144 5145 TemplateArgumentLoc 5146 SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template, 5147 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5148 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5149 Decl *Param, 5150 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> 5151 &Converted, 5152 bool &HasDefaultArg); 5153 5154 /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template 5155 /// argument is being checked. 5156 enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind { 5157 /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was 5158 /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments. 5159 CTAK_Specified, 5160 5161 /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument 5162 /// deduction. 5163 CTAK_Deduced, 5164 5165 /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound 5166 /// via template argument deduction. 5167 CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound 5168 }; 5169 5170 bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param, 5171 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5172 NamedDecl *Template, 5173 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5174 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5175 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex, 5176 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 5177 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 5178 5179 /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to 5180 /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way. 5181 /// 5182 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being 5183 /// provided. 5184 /// 5185 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source. 5186 /// 5187 /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is 5188 /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of 5189 /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template 5190 /// arguments. 5191 /// 5192 /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is 5193 /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial 5194 /// set of template arguments. 5195 /// 5196 /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template 5197 /// arguments. 5198 /// 5199 /// 5200 /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate 5201 /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being 5202 /// expanded into a fixed parameter list. 5203 /// 5204 /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5205 bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template, 5206 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5207 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs, 5208 bool PartialTemplateArgs, 5209 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 5210 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0); 5211 5212 bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 5213 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5214 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 5215 5216 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 5217 TypeSourceInfo *Arg); 5218 ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5219 QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg, 5220 TemplateArgument &Converted, 5221 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 5222 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5223 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5224 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex); 5225 5226 ExprResult 5227 BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 5228 QualType ParamType, 5229 SourceLocation Loc); 5230 ExprResult 5231 BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 5232 SourceLocation Loc); 5233 5234 /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared 5235 /// for equality. 5236 enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind { 5237 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates 5238 /// that might be redeclarations. 5239 /// 5240 /// \code 5241 /// template<typename T> struct X; 5242 /// template<typename T> struct X; 5243 /// \endcode 5244 TPL_TemplateMatch, 5245 5246 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template 5247 /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists 5248 /// of two templates that might be redeclarations. 5249 /// 5250 /// \code 5251 /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X; 5252 /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X; 5253 /// \endcode 5254 TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch, 5255 5256 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template 5257 /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template 5258 /// template parameter. 5259 /// 5260 /// \code 5261 /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X; 5262 /// template<int Value> struct integer_c; 5263 /// X<integer_c> xic; 5264 /// \endcode 5265 TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch 5266 }; 5267 5268 bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New, 5269 TemplateParameterList *Old, 5270 bool Complain, 5271 TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind, 5272 SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc 5273 = SourceLocation()); 5274 5275 bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams); 5276 5277 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5278 /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type". 5279 /// 5280 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5281 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5282 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5283 /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example). 5284 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier. 5285 TypeResult 5286 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5287 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II, 5288 SourceLocation IdLoc); 5289 5290 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5291 /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g., 5292 /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>". 5293 /// 5294 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5295 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5296 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5297 /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 5298 /// \param TemplateName The template name. 5299 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 5300 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 5301 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 5302 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 5303 TypeResult 5304 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5305 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5306 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5307 TemplateTy TemplateName, 5308 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5309 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5310 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5311 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 5312 5313 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 5314 SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 5315 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 5316 const IdentifierInfo &II, 5317 SourceLocation IILoc); 5318 5319 TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5320 SourceLocation Loc, 5321 DeclarationName Name); 5322 bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 5323 5324 ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E); 5325 bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation( 5326 TemplateParameterList *Params); 5327 5328 std::string 5329 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5330 const TemplateArgumentList &Args); 5331 5332 std::string 5333 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5334 const TemplateArgument *Args, 5335 unsigned NumArgs); 5336 5337 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5338 // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic]) 5339 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5340 5341 /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is 5342 /// being diagnosed. 5343 /// 5344 /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first 5345 /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic. 5346 enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext { 5347 /// \brief An arbitrary expression. 5348 UPPC_Expression = 0, 5349 5350 /// \brief The base type of a class type. 5351 UPPC_BaseType, 5352 5353 /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration. 5354 UPPC_DeclarationType, 5355 5356 /// \brief The type of a data member. 5357 UPPC_DataMemberType, 5358 5359 /// \brief The size of a bit-field. 5360 UPPC_BitFieldWidth, 5361 5362 /// \brief The expression in a static assertion. 5363 UPPC_StaticAssertExpression, 5364 5365 /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration. 5366 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType, 5367 5368 /// \brief The enumerator value. 5369 UPPC_EnumeratorValue, 5370 5371 /// \brief A using declaration. 5372 UPPC_UsingDeclaration, 5373 5374 /// \brief A friend declaration. 5375 UPPC_FriendDeclaration, 5376 5377 /// \brief A declaration qualifier. 5378 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier, 5379 5380 /// \brief An initializer. 5381 UPPC_Initializer, 5382 5383 /// \brief A default argument. 5384 UPPC_DefaultArgument, 5385 5386 /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter. 5387 UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType, 5388 5389 /// \brief The type of an exception. 5390 UPPC_ExceptionType, 5391 5392 /// \brief Partial specialization. 5393 UPPC_PartialSpecialization, 5394 5395 /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists. 5396 UPPC_IfExists, 5397 5398 /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists. 5399 UPPC_IfNotExists, 5400 5401 /// \brief Lambda expression. 5402 UPPC_Lambda, 5403 5404 /// \brief Block expression, 5405 UPPC_Block 5406}; 5407 5408 /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs. 5409 /// 5410 /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic. 5411 /// 5412 /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded 5413 /// parameter packs. 5414 /// 5415 /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs. 5416 /// 5417 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5418 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc, 5419 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC, 5420 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded); 5421 5422 /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5423 /// diagnose the error. 5424 /// 5425 /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted. 5426 /// 5427 /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter 5428 /// packs. 5429 /// 5430 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5431 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T, 5432 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5433 5434 /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter 5435 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5436 /// 5437 /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded 5438 /// parameter packs. 5439 /// 5440 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5441 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E, 5442 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression); 5443 5444 /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded 5445 /// parameter pack, diagnose the error. 5446 /// 5447 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for 5448 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5449 /// 5450 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5451 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5452 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5453 5454 /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5455 /// diagnose the error. 5456 /// 5457 /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that 5458 /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs. 5459 /// 5460 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5461 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5462 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5463 5464 /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5465 /// diagnose the error. 5466 /// 5467 /// \param Loc The location of the template name. 5468 /// 5469 /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded 5470 /// parameter packs. 5471 /// 5472 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5473 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, 5474 TemplateName Template, 5475 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5476 5477 /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter 5478 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5479 /// 5480 /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded 5481 /// parameter packs. 5482 /// 5483 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5484 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5485 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5486 5487 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5488 /// template argument. 5489 /// 5490 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5491 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5492 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg, 5493 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5494 5495 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5496 /// template argument. 5497 /// 5498 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5499 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5500 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5501 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5502 5503 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5504 /// type. 5505 /// 5506 /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find 5507 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5508 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T, 5509 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5510 5511 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5512 /// type. 5513 /// 5514 /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find 5515 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5516 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL, 5517 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5518 5519 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5520 /// nested-name-specifier. 5521 /// 5522 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find 5523 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5524 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5525 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5526 5527 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5528 /// name. 5529 /// 5530 /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find 5531 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5532 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5533 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5534 5535 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an 5536 /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion. 5537 /// 5538 /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which 5539 /// may already be invalid. 5540 /// 5541 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5542 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg, 5543 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5544 5545 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which 5546 /// creates a pack expansion. 5547 /// 5548 /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5549 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5550 /// 5551 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5552 TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5553 5554 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5555 /// expansion. 5556 TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern, 5557 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5558 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5559 5560 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5561 /// expansion. 5562 QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern, 5563 SourceRange PatternRange, 5564 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5565 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5566 5567 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5568 /// creates a pack expansion. 5569 /// 5570 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5571 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5572 /// 5573 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5574 ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5575 5576 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5577 /// creates a pack expansion. 5578 /// 5579 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5580 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5581 /// 5582 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5583 ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5584 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5585 5586 /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the 5587 /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly 5588 /// transforming the pattern. 5589 /// 5590 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the 5591 /// pack expansion. 5592 /// 5593 /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of 5594 /// the pack expansion. 5595 /// 5596 /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the 5597 /// pattern. 5598 /// 5599 /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should 5600 /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When 5601 /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set. 5602 /// 5603 /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded 5604 /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used 5605 /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per 5606 /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9. 5607 /// 5608 /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in 5609 /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an 5610 /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the 5611 /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution) 5612 /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known. 5613 /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may 5614 /// set this value in other cases. 5615 /// 5616 /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs 5617 /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false 5618 /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions) 5619 /// must be set. 5620 bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5621 SourceRange PatternRange, 5622 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded, 5623 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5624 bool &ShouldExpand, 5625 bool &RetainExpansion, 5626 Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions); 5627 5628 /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion 5629 /// type. 5630 /// 5631 /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is 5632 /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern. 5633 /// 5634 /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded. 5635 Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T, 5636 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5637 5638 /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded 5639 /// parameter packs. 5640 /// 5641 /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators 5642 /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g., 5643 /// 5644 /// \code 5645 /// void f(T...); 5646 /// \endcode 5647 /// 5648 /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or 5649 /// a variadic function. 5650 /// 5651 /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs, 5652 /// false otherwise. 5653 bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D); 5654 5655 /// \brief Returns the pattern of the pack expansion for a template argument. 5656 /// 5657 /// \param OrigLoc The template argument to expand. 5658 /// 5659 /// \param Ellipsis Will be set to the location of the ellipsis. 5660 /// 5661 /// \param NumExpansions Will be set to the number of expansions that will 5662 /// be generated from this pack expansion, if known a priori. 5663 TemplateArgumentLoc getTemplateArgumentPackExpansionPattern( 5664 TemplateArgumentLoc OrigLoc, 5665 SourceLocation &Ellipsis, 5666 Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions) const; 5667 5668 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5669 // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct]) 5670 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5671 5672 /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction. 5673 /// 5674 /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of 5675 /// template argument deduction, as returned from 5676 /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo 5677 /// structure provides additional information about the results of 5678 /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument 5679 /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or 5680 /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure. 5681 enum TemplateDeductionResult { 5682 /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful. 5683 TDK_Success = 0, 5684 /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing. 5685 TDK_Invalid, 5686 /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template 5687 /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed). 5688 TDK_InstantiationDepth, 5689 /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value 5690 /// for every template parameter. 5691 TDK_Incomplete, 5692 /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent 5693 /// deduced values for the given template parameter. 5694 TDK_Inconsistent, 5695 /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent 5696 /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would 5697 /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T" 5698 /// but were given a non-const "X". 5699 TDK_Underqualified, 5700 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5701 /// resulted in an error. 5702 TDK_SubstitutionFailure, 5703 /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the 5704 /// corresponding component of the argument. 5705 TDK_NonDeducedMismatch, 5706 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5707 /// template, there were too many call arguments. 5708 TDK_TooManyArguments, 5709 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5710 /// template, there were too few call arguments. 5711 TDK_TooFewArguments, 5712 /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid 5713 /// template arguments for the given template. 5714 TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments, 5715 /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could 5716 /// not be resolved to a suitable function. 5717 TDK_FailedOverloadResolution, 5718 /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know. 5719 TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure 5720 }; 5721 5722 TemplateDeductionResult 5723 DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, 5724 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5725 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5726 5727 TemplateDeductionResult 5728 DeduceTemplateArguments(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, 5729 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5730 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5731 5732 TemplateDeductionResult SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments( 5733 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5734 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5735 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5736 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, QualType *FunctionType, 5737 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5738 5739 /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument 5740 // deduction for a call. 5741 struct OriginalCallArg { 5742 OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, 5743 unsigned ArgIdx, 5744 QualType OriginalArgType) 5745 : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx), 5746 OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { } 5747 5748 QualType OriginalParamType; 5749 unsigned ArgIdx; 5750 QualType OriginalArgType; 5751 }; 5752 5753 TemplateDeductionResult 5754 FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5755 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5756 unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, 5757 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5758 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5759 SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0); 5760 5761 TemplateDeductionResult 5762 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5763 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5764 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 5765 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5766 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5767 5768 TemplateDeductionResult 5769 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5770 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5771 QualType ArgFunctionType, 5772 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5773 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5774 bool InOverloadResolution = false); 5775 5776 TemplateDeductionResult 5777 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5778 QualType ToType, 5779 CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization, 5780 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5781 5782 TemplateDeductionResult 5783 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5784 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5785 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5786 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5787 bool InOverloadResolution = false); 5788 5789 /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType. 5790 enum DeduceAutoResult { 5791 DAR_Succeeded, 5792 DAR_Failed, 5793 DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed 5794 }; 5795 5796 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, 5797 QualType &Result); 5798 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeLoc AutoTypeLoc, Expr *&Initializer, 5799 QualType &Result); 5800 QualType SubstAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement); 5801 void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init); 5802 bool DeduceReturnType(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc, 5803 bool Diagnose = true); 5804 5805 bool DeduceFunctionTypeFromReturnExpr(FunctionDecl *FD, 5806 SourceLocation ReturnLoc, 5807 Expr *&RetExpr, AutoType *AT); 5808 5809 FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, 5810 FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, 5811 SourceLocation Loc, 5812 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5813 unsigned NumCallArguments); 5814 UnresolvedSetIterator 5815 getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd, 5816 TemplateSpecCandidateSet &FailedCandidates, 5817 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5818 unsigned NumCallArguments, SourceLocation Loc, 5819 const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag, 5820 const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag, 5821 const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag, 5822 bool Complain = true, QualType TargetType = QualType()); 5823 5824 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl * 5825 getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( 5826 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, 5827 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, 5828 SourceLocation Loc); 5829 5830 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( 5831 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, 5832 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, SourceLocation Loc); 5833 5834 void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5835 bool OnlyDeduced, 5836 unsigned Depth, 5837 llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); 5838 void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters( 5839 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5840 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) { 5841 return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced); 5842 } 5843 static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, 5844 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5845 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced); 5846 5847 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5848 // C++ Template Instantiation 5849 // 5850 5851 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D, 5852 const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0, 5853 bool RelativeToPrimary = false, 5854 const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0); 5855 5856 /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress. 5857 struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation { 5858 /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing 5859 enum InstantiationKind { 5860 /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is 5861 /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl). 5862 TemplateInstantiation, 5863 5864 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template 5865 /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and 5866 /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template 5867 /// arguments as specified. 5868 /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList 5869 DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation, 5870 5871 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function. 5872 /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs 5873 /// provides the template arguments as specified. 5874 DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation, 5875 5876 /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for 5877 /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5878 ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5879 5880 /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of 5881 /// template argument deduction for either a class template 5882 /// partial specialization or a function template. The 5883 /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or 5884 /// a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5885 DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5886 5887 /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new 5888 /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a 5889 /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl. 5890 PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5891 5892 /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that 5893 /// has been used when naming a template-id. 5894 DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking, 5895 5896 /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function 5897 /// template which was deferred until it was needed. 5898 ExceptionSpecInstantiation 5899 } Kind; 5900 5901 /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code. 5902 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation; 5903 5904 /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are 5905 /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template 5906 /// arguments. 5907 NamedDecl *Template; 5908 5909 /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated. 5910 Decl *Entity; 5911 5912 /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they 5913 /// are not part of the entity. 5914 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs; 5915 5916 /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs. 5917 unsigned NumTemplateArgs; 5918 5919 /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the 5920 /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments. 5921 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo; 5922 5923 /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause 5924 /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class 5925 /// template instantiation. 5926 SourceRange InstantiationRange; 5927 5928 ActiveTemplateInstantiation() 5929 : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0), 5930 NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {} 5931 5932 /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation 5933 /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth. 5934 bool isInstantiationRecord() const; 5935 5936 friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5937 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5938 if (X.Kind != Y.Kind) 5939 return false; 5940 5941 if (X.Entity != Y.Entity) 5942 return false; 5943 5944 switch (X.Kind) { 5945 case TemplateInstantiation: 5946 case ExceptionSpecInstantiation: 5947 return true; 5948 5949 case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5950 case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking: 5951 return X.Template == Y.Template && X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs; 5952 5953 case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation: 5954 case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5955 case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5956 case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation: 5957 return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs; 5958 5959 } 5960 5961 llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!"); 5962 } 5963 5964 friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5965 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5966 return !(X == Y); 5967 } 5968 }; 5969 5970 /// \brief List of active template instantiations. 5971 /// 5972 /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation 5973 /// requires another template instantiation, additional 5974 /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a 5975 /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth. 5976 SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16> 5977 ActiveTemplateInstantiations; 5978 5979 /// \brief Extra modules inspected when performing a lookup during a template 5980 /// instantiation. Computed lazily. 5981 SmallVector<Module*, 16> ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules; 5982 5983 /// \brief Cache of additional modules that should be used for name lookup 5984 /// within the current template instantiation. Computed lazily; use 5985 /// getLookupModules() to get a complete set. 5986 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> LookupModulesCache; 5987 5988 /// \brief Get the set of additional modules that should be checked during 5989 /// name lookup. A module and its imports become visible when instanting a 5990 /// template defined within it. 5991 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &getLookupModules(); 5992 5993 /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with 5994 /// template instantiation. 5995 /// 5996 /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside 5997 /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction. 5998 bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5999 6000 /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in 6001 /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and, 6002 /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth. 6003 unsigned NonInstantiationEntries; 6004 6005 /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation 6006 /// error or warning was produced. 6007 /// 6008 /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template 6009 /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the 6010 /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough 6011 /// to implement it anywhere else. 6012 ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext; 6013 6014 /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be 6015 /// used for substitution of parameter packs. 6016 /// 6017 /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs 6018 /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies 6019 /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution. 6020 int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex; 6021 6022 /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index 6023 /// within a \c Sema object. 6024 /// 6025 /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information. 6026 class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII { 6027 Sema &Self; 6028 int OldSubstitutionIndex; 6029 6030 public: 6031 ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex) 6032 : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) { 6033 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex; 6034 } 6035 6036 ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() { 6037 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex; 6038 } 6039 }; 6040 6041 friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII; 6042 6043 /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation. 6044 /// 6045 /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved 6046 /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints. 6047 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation; 6048 6049 /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the 6050 /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument 6051 /// deduction. 6052 /// 6053 /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file. 6054 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> > 6055 SuppressedDiagnosticsMap; 6056 SuppressedDiagnosticsMap SuppressedDiagnostics; 6057 6058 /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template 6059 /// instantiation. 6060 /// 6061 /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate 6062 /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active 6063 /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum 6064 /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction 6065 /// produces an error and evaluates true. 6066 /// 6067 /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off 6068 /// the stack. 6069 struct InstantiatingTemplate { 6070 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template, 6071 /// function template, or a member thereof. 6072 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6073 Decl *Entity, 6074 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6075 6076 struct ExceptionSpecification {}; 6077 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification 6078 /// of a function template. 6079 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6080 FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification, 6081 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6082 6083 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 6084 /// template-id. 6085 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6086 TemplateDecl *Template, 6087 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6088 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6089 6090 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 6091 /// template-id. 6092 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6093 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 6094 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6095 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind, 6096 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 6097 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6098 6099 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template 6100 /// argument deduction for a class template partial 6101 /// specialization. 6102 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6103 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, 6104 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6105 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 6106 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6107 6108 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template 6109 /// argument deduction for a variable template partial 6110 /// specialization. 6111 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6112 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, 6113 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6114 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 6115 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6116 6117 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6118 ParmVarDecl *Param, 6119 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6120 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6121 6122 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a 6123 /// non-type or template template parameter. 6124 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6125 NamedDecl *Template, 6126 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 6127 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6128 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 6129 6130 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6131 NamedDecl *Template, 6132 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 6133 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6134 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 6135 6136 /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument 6137 /// against the template parameter for a given template-id. 6138 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6139 TemplateDecl *Template, 6140 NamedDecl *Param, 6141 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6142 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 6143 6144 6145 /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template. 6146 void Clear(); 6147 6148 ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); } 6149 6150 /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum 6151 /// recursive template instantiations. 6152 LLVM_EXPLICIT operator bool() const { return Invalid; } 6153 6154 private: 6155 Sema &SemaRef; 6156 bool Invalid; 6157 bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6158 bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6159 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 6160 6161 InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 6162 6163 InstantiatingTemplate& 6164 operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 6165 }; 6166 6167 void PrintInstantiationStack(); 6168 6169 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where 6170 /// template argument substitution failures are not considered 6171 /// errors. 6172 /// 6173 /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context. 6174 /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest 6175 /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture 6176 /// diagnostics that will be suppressed. 6177 Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const; 6178 6179 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that 6180 /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5. 6181 bool isUnevaluatedContext() const { 6182 assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && 6183 "Must be in an expression evaluation context"); 6184 return ExprEvalContexts.back().isUnevaluated(); 6185 } 6186 6187 /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has 6188 /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument 6189 /// deduction.` 6190 class SFINAETrap { 6191 Sema &SemaRef; 6192 unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors; 6193 bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6194 bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 6195 6196 public: 6197 explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false) 6198 : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors), 6199 PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext( 6200 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext), 6201 PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE) 6202 { 6203 if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) 6204 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true; 6205 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE; 6206 } 6207 6208 ~SFINAETrap() { 6209 SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors; 6210 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext 6211 = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6212 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 6213 } 6214 6215 /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped. 6216 bool hasErrorOccurred() const { 6217 return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors; 6218 } 6219 }; 6220 6221 /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local 6222 /// variables. 6223 LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope; 6224 6225 /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo. 6226 unsigned TyposCorrected; 6227 6228 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection> 6229 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap; 6230 6231 /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified 6232 /// name lookup. 6233 /// 6234 /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if 6235 /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the 6236 /// string represents a keyword. 6237 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected; 6238 6239 /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings. 6240 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings; 6241 6242 /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required. 6243 /// 6244 /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in 6245 /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily 6246 /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the 6247 /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation), 6248 /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to, 6249 /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation. 6250 typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation; 6251 6252 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 6253 /// but have not yet been performed. 6254 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations; 6255 6256 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 6257 /// and must be performed within the current local scope. 6258 /// 6259 /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in 6260 /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their 6261 /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local 6262 /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc. 6263 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; 6264 6265 void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false); 6266 6267 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 6268 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6269 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6270 6271 QualType SubstType(QualType T, 6272 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6273 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6274 6275 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL, 6276 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6277 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6278 6279 TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 6280 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6281 SourceLocation Loc, 6282 DeclarationName Entity, 6283 CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, 6284 unsigned ThisTypeQuals); 6285 ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D, 6286 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6287 int indexAdjustment, 6288 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, 6289 bool ExpectParameterPack); 6290 bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, 6291 ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 6292 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6293 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 6294 SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0); 6295 ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E, 6296 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6297 6298 /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of 6299 /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required. 6300 /// 6301 /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into. 6302 /// 6303 /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs. 6304 /// 6305 /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case 6306 /// default arguments will be dropped. 6307 /// 6308 /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute. 6309 /// 6310 /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments. 6311 /// 6312 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 6313 bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall, 6314 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6315 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs); 6316 6317 StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S, 6318 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6319 6320 Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner, 6321 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6322 6323 ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E, 6324 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6325 bool CXXDirectInit); 6326 6327 bool 6328 SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6329 CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6330 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6331 6332 bool 6333 InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6334 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6335 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6336 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6337 bool Complain = true); 6338 6339 bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6340 EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern, 6341 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6342 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6343 6344 struct LateInstantiatedAttribute { 6345 const Attr *TmplAttr; 6346 LocalInstantiationScope *Scope; 6347 Decl *NewDecl; 6348 6349 LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S, 6350 Decl *D) 6351 : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D) 6352 { } 6353 }; 6354 typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec; 6355 6356 void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6357 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, 6358 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0, 6359 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0); 6360 6361 bool 6362 InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6363 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6364 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6365 bool Complain = true); 6366 6367 void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6368 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6369 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6370 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6371 6372 void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers( 6373 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6374 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6375 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6376 6377 NestedNameSpecifierLoc 6378 SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, 6379 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6380 6381 DeclarationNameInfo 6382 SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 6383 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6384 TemplateName 6385 SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name, 6386 SourceLocation Loc, 6387 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6388 bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6389 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result, 6390 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6391 6392 void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6393 FunctionDecl *Function); 6394 void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6395 FunctionDecl *Function, 6396 bool Recursive = false, 6397 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6398 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *BuildVarTemplateInstantiation( 6399 VarTemplateDecl *VarTemplate, VarDecl *FromVar, 6400 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgList, 6401 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgsInfo, 6402 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 6403 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, void *InsertPos, 6404 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0, 6405 LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope = 0); 6406 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *CompleteVarTemplateSpecializationDecl( 6407 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *VarSpec, VarDecl *PatternDecl, 6408 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6409 void 6410 BuildVariableInstantiation(VarDecl *NewVar, VarDecl *OldVar, 6411 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6412 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0, 6413 LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope = 0, 6414 bool ForVarTemplate = false); 6415 void InstantiateVariableInitializer( 6416 VarDecl *Var, VarDecl *OldVar, 6417 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6418 void InstantiateVariableDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6419 VarDecl *Var, bool Recursive = false, 6420 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6421 void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition( 6422 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6423 VarDecl *Var, 6424 bool Recursive = false, 6425 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6426 6427 void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New, 6428 const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl, 6429 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6430 6431 NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D, 6432 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6433 DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC, 6434 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6435 6436 // Objective-C declarations. 6437 enum ObjCContainerKind { 6438 OCK_None = -1, 6439 OCK_Interface = 0, 6440 OCK_Protocol, 6441 OCK_Category, 6442 OCK_ClassExtension, 6443 OCK_Implementation, 6444 OCK_CategoryImplementation 6445 }; 6446 ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const; 6447 6448 Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6449 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6450 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6451 IdentifierInfo *SuperName, 6452 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6453 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6454 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6455 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6456 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6457 AttributeList *AttrList); 6458 6459 Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias( 6460 SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc, 6461 IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation, 6462 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation); 6463 6464 bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency( 6465 IdentifierInfo *PName, 6466 SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc, 6467 const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList); 6468 6469 Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface( 6470 SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, 6471 IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, 6472 Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6473 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6474 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6475 AttributeList *AttrList); 6476 6477 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6478 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6479 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6480 IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, 6481 SourceLocation CategoryLoc, 6482 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6483 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6484 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6485 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc); 6486 6487 Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation( 6488 SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc, 6489 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6490 IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname, 6491 SourceLocation SuperClassLoc); 6492 6493 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc, 6494 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6495 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6496 IdentifierInfo *CatName, 6497 SourceLocation CatLoc); 6498 6499 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 6500 ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls); 6501 6502 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc, 6503 IdentifierInfo **IdentList, 6504 SourceLocation *IdentLocs, 6505 unsigned NumElts); 6506 6507 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc, 6508 const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList, 6509 unsigned NumElts, 6510 AttributeList *attrList); 6511 6512 void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, 6513 const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId, 6514 unsigned NumProtocols, 6515 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols); 6516 6517 /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type. 6518 /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will 6519 /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy. 6520 void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy, 6521 SourceLocation Loc, 6522 unsigned &Attributes, 6523 bool propertyInPrimaryClass); 6524 6525 /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the 6526 /// setters and getters as needed. 6527 /// \param property The property declaration being processed 6528 /// \param CD The semantic container for the property 6529 /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared 6530 /// in class extension. 6531 /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty. 6532 void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property, 6533 ObjCContainerDecl *CD, 6534 ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0, 6535 ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0); 6536 6537 6538 void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, 6539 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty, 6540 const IdentifierInfo *Name); 6541 6542 void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT, 6543 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); 6544 6545 Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd, 6546 ArrayRef<Decl *> allMethods = None, 6547 ArrayRef<DeclGroupPtrTy> allTUVars = None); 6548 6549 Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc, 6550 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6551 FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS, 6552 Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel, 6553 bool *OverridingProperty, 6554 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6555 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 6556 6557 Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S, 6558 SourceLocation AtLoc, 6559 SourceLocation PropertyLoc, 6560 bool ImplKind, 6561 IdentifierInfo *PropertyId, 6562 IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar, 6563 SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc); 6564 6565 enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind { 6566 OSMK_None, 6567 OSMK_Alloc, 6568 OSMK_New, 6569 OSMK_Copy, 6570 OSMK_RetainingInit, 6571 OSMK_NonRetainingInit 6572 }; 6573 6574 struct ObjCArgInfo { 6575 IdentifierInfo *Name; 6576 SourceLocation NameLoc; 6577 // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid 6578 // in this case. 6579 ParsedType Type; 6580 ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec; 6581 6582 /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument. 6583 AttributeList *ArgAttrs; 6584 }; 6585 6586 Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration( 6587 Scope *S, 6588 SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -. 6589 SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {. 6590 tok::TokenKind MethodType, 6591 ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType, 6592 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel, 6593 // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained 6594 // from the Sel.getNumArgs(). 6595 ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, 6596 DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args 6597 AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6598 bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition); 6599 6600 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel, 6601 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6602 bool IsInstance); 6603 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty, 6604 bool IsInstance); 6605 6606 bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method); 6607 bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl); 6608 6609 ExprResult 6610 HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6611 Expr *BaseExpr, 6612 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6613 DeclarationName MemberName, 6614 SourceLocation MemberLoc, 6615 SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType, 6616 bool Super); 6617 6618 ExprResult 6619 ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName, 6620 IdentifierInfo &propertyName, 6621 SourceLocation receiverNameLoc, 6622 SourceLocation propertyNameLoc); 6623 6624 ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc); 6625 6626 /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message 6627 /// send that starts with an identifier. 6628 enum ObjCMessageKind { 6629 /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'. 6630 ObjCSuperMessage, 6631 /// \brief The message is an instance message. 6632 ObjCInstanceMessage, 6633 /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type 6634 /// name. 6635 ObjCClassMessage 6636 }; 6637 6638 ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S, 6639 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6640 SourceLocation NameLoc, 6641 bool IsSuper, 6642 bool HasTrailingDot, 6643 ParsedType &ReceiverType); 6644 6645 ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6646 Selector Sel, 6647 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6648 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6649 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6650 MultiExprArg Args); 6651 6652 ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo, 6653 QualType ReceiverType, 6654 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6655 Selector Sel, 6656 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6657 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6658 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6659 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6660 MultiExprArg Args, 6661 bool isImplicit = false); 6662 6663 ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType, 6664 bool isSuperReceiver, 6665 SourceLocation Loc, 6666 Selector Sel, 6667 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6668 MultiExprArg Args); 6669 6670 ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S, 6671 ParsedType Receiver, 6672 Selector Sel, 6673 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6674 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6675 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6676 MultiExprArg Args); 6677 6678 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver, 6679 QualType ReceiverType, 6680 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6681 Selector Sel, 6682 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6683 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6684 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6685 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6686 MultiExprArg Args, 6687 bool isImplicit = false); 6688 6689 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver, 6690 QualType ReceiverType, 6691 SourceLocation Loc, 6692 Selector Sel, 6693 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6694 MultiExprArg Args); 6695 6696 ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S, 6697 Expr *Receiver, 6698 Selector Sel, 6699 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6700 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6701 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6702 MultiExprArg Args); 6703 6704 ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6705 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6706 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6707 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6708 Expr *SubExpr); 6709 6710 ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S, 6711 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6712 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6713 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6714 ParsedType Type, 6715 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 6716 Expr *SubExpr); 6717 6718 bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall); 6719 6720 /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the 6721 /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited. 6722 void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, 6723 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden); 6724 6725 /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method. 6726 enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind { 6727 RTC_Compatible, 6728 RTC_Incompatible, 6729 RTC_Unknown 6730 }; 6731 6732 void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 6733 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass, 6734 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC); 6735 6736 enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind { 6737 POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native 6738 POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural 6739 POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed 6740 POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power 6741 POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k 6742 POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset 6743 }; 6744 6745 /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align. 6746 void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind, 6747 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6748 6749 enum PragmaPackKind { 6750 PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n]) 6751 PPK_Show, // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC. 6752 PPK_Push, // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n]) 6753 PPK_Pop // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n]) 6754 }; 6755 6756 enum PragmaMSStructKind { 6757 PMSST_OFF, // #pragms ms_struct off 6758 PMSST_ON // #pragms ms_struct on 6759 }; 6760 6761 enum PragmaMSCommentKind { 6762 PCK_Unknown, 6763 PCK_Linker, // #pragma comment(linker, ...) 6764 PCK_Lib, // #pragma comment(lib, ...) 6765 PCK_Compiler, // #pragma comment(compiler, ...) 6766 PCK_ExeStr, // #pragma comment(exestr, ...) 6767 PCK_User // #pragma comment(user, ...) 6768 }; 6769 6770 /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...). 6771 void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind, 6772 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6773 Expr *Alignment, 6774 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6775 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6776 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6777 6778 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off]. 6779 void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind); 6780 6781 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma comment(kind, "arg"). 6782 void ActOnPragmaMSComment(PragmaMSCommentKind Kind, StringRef Arg); 6783 6784 /// ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch - Call on well-formed \#pragma detect_mismatch 6785 void ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch(StringRef Name, StringRef Value); 6786 6787 /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'. 6788 void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier, 6789 Scope *curScope, 6790 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6791 6792 /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... . 6793 void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType, 6794 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6795 6796 NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II, 6797 SourceLocation Loc); 6798 void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W); 6799 6800 /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident. 6801 void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6802 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6803 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc); 6804 6805 /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed 6806 /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname. 6807 void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6808 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6809 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6810 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6811 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6812 6813 /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident. 6814 void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6815 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6816 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6817 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6818 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6819 6820 /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed 6821 /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT 6822 void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS); 6823 6824 /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to 6825 /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'. 6826 void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6827 6828 /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record. 6829 void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6830 6831 /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext. 6832 void FreePackedContext(); 6833 6834 /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a 6835 /// namespace with a visibility attribute. 6836 void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr, 6837 SourceLocation Loc); 6838 6839 /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used, 6840 /// add an appropriate visibility attribute. 6841 void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD); 6842 6843 /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used 6844 /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces. 6845 void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc); 6846 6847 /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext. 6848 void FreeVisContext(); 6849 6850 /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within 6851 /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding 6852 /// the appropriate attribute. 6853 void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D); 6854 6855 /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration. 6856 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, 6857 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion); 6858 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T, 6859 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion); 6860 6861 // OpenMP directives and clauses. 6862 /// \brief Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp 6863 /// threadprivate'. 6864 ExprResult ActOnOpenMPIdExpression(Scope *CurScope, 6865 CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec, 6866 const DeclarationNameInfo &Id); 6867 /// \brief Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'. 6868 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective( 6869 SourceLocation Loc, 6870 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList); 6871 // \brief Builds a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and checks its correctness. 6872 OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl( 6873 SourceLocation Loc, 6874 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList); 6875 6876 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPExecutableDirective(OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind, 6877 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, 6878 Stmt *AStmt, 6879 SourceLocation StartLoc, 6880 SourceLocation EndLoc); 6881 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel' after parsing 6882 /// of the associated statement. 6883 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, 6884 Stmt *AStmt, 6885 SourceLocation StartLoc, 6886 SourceLocation EndLoc); 6887 6888 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimpleClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, 6889 unsigned Argument, 6890 SourceLocation ArgumentLoc, 6891 SourceLocation StartLoc, 6892 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6893 SourceLocation EndLoc); 6894 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'default' clause. 6895 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultClause(OpenMPDefaultClauseKind Kind, 6896 SourceLocation KindLoc, 6897 SourceLocation StartLoc, 6898 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6899 SourceLocation EndLoc); 6900 6901 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPVarListClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, 6902 ArrayRef<Expr *> Vars, 6903 SourceLocation StartLoc, 6904 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6905 SourceLocation EndLoc); 6906 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'private' clause. 6907 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPrivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, 6908 SourceLocation StartLoc, 6909 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6910 SourceLocation EndLoc); 6911 6912 /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed. 6913 enum CheckedConversionKind { 6914 /// \brief An implicit conversion. 6915 CCK_ImplicitConversion, 6916 /// \brief A C-style cast. 6917 CCK_CStyleCast, 6918 /// \brief A functional-style cast. 6919 CCK_FunctionalCast, 6920 /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast. 6921 CCK_OtherCast 6922 }; 6923 6924 /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit 6925 /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one. 6926 /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue. 6927 ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK, 6928 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue, 6929 const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 6930 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6931 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6932 6933 /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding 6934 /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type. 6935 static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy); 6936 6937 /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is 6938 /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are 6939 /// required. 6940 ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E); 6941 6942 // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts 6943 // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6944 ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E); 6945 6946 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays 6947 // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6948 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E); 6949 6950 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and 6951 // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the 6952 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. 6953 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6954 6955 // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on 6956 // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, 6957 // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array 6958 // type. 6959 ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6960 6961 // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that 6962 // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each 6963 // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double. 6964 ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E); 6965 6966 // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion 6967 enum VariadicCallType { 6968 VariadicFunction, 6969 VariadicBlock, 6970 VariadicMethod, 6971 VariadicConstructor, 6972 VariadicDoesNotApply 6973 }; 6974 6975 VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6976 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6977 Expr *Fn); 6978 6979 // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a 6980 // vararg function. 6981 enum VarArgKind { 6982 VAK_Valid, 6983 VAK_ValidInCXX11, 6984 VAK_Undefined, 6985 VAK_Invalid 6986 }; 6987 6988 // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression. 6989 VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty); 6990 6991 /// Check to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic 6992 /// function, issuing a diagnostic if not. 6993 void checkVariadicArgument(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT); 6994 6995 /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various 6996 /// form of call prototypes. 6997 bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, 6998 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6999 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 7000 unsigned FirstProtoArg, 7001 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 7002 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &AllArgs, 7003 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply, 7004 bool AllowExplicit = false, 7005 bool IsListInitialization = false); 7006 7007 // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but 7008 // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type. 7009 ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, 7010 FunctionDecl *FDecl); 7011 7012 // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's 7013 // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary 7014 // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this 7015 // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is 7016 // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. 7017 QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7018 bool IsCompAssign = false); 7019 7020 /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this 7021 /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are 7022 /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from 7023 /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a 7024 /// source and destination type. 7025 enum AssignConvertType { 7026 /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard. 7027 Compatible, 7028 7029 /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we 7030 /// accept as an extension. 7031 PointerToInt, 7032 7033 /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we 7034 /// accept as an extension. 7035 IntToPointer, 7036 7037 /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and 7038 /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension. 7039 FunctionVoidPointer, 7040 7041 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that 7042 /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension. 7043 IncompatiblePointer, 7044 7045 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which 7046 /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise 7047 /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by 7048 /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers. 7049 IncompatiblePointerSign, 7050 7051 /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards 7052 /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension. 7053 CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 7054 7055 /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment 7056 /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded, 7057 /// like address spaces. 7058 IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 7059 7060 /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two 7061 /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two 7062 /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an 7063 /// extension. 7064 IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers, 7065 7066 /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that 7067 /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension. 7068 IncompatibleVectors, 7069 7070 /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block 7071 /// pointer. We disallow this. 7072 IntToBlockPointer, 7073 7074 /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block 7075 /// pointers types that are not compatible. 7076 IncompatibleBlockPointer, 7077 7078 /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified 7079 /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example, 7080 /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol. 7081 IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId, 7082 7083 /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an 7084 /// object with __weak qualifier. 7085 IncompatibleObjCWeakRef, 7086 7087 /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to 7088 /// represent it in the AST. 7089 Incompatible 7090 }; 7091 7092 /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the 7093 /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the 7094 /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted. 7095 bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, 7096 SourceLocation Loc, 7097 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 7098 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, 7099 bool *Complained = 0); 7100 7101 /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant 7102 /// integer not in the range of enum values. 7103 void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 7104 Expr *SrcExpr); 7105 7106 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment, 7107 /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values. 7108 /// C99 6.5.16. 7109 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, 7110 QualType LHSType, 7111 QualType RHSType); 7112 7113 /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the 7114 /// RHS to the LHS type. 7115 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 7116 ExprResult &RHS, 7117 CastKind &Kind); 7118 7119 // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by 7120 // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking, 7121 // this routine performs the default function/array converions. 7122 AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 7123 ExprResult &RHS, 7124 bool Diagnose = true, 7125 bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false); 7126 7127 // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we 7128 // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression. 7129 AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, 7130 ExprResult &RHS); 7131 7132 bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 7133 7134 bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 7135 7136 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 7137 AssignmentAction Action, 7138 bool AllowExplicit = false); 7139 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 7140 AssignmentAction Action, 7141 bool AllowExplicit, 7142 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS); 7143 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 7144 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS, 7145 AssignmentAction Action, 7146 CheckedConversionKind CCK 7147 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 7148 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 7149 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 7150 AssignmentAction Action, 7151 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 7152 7153 /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType 7154 /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued). 7155 7156 /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp). 7157 QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, 7158 ExprResult &RHS); 7159 QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5 7160 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 7161 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect); 7162 QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5 7163 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, 7164 bool IsDivide); 7165 QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5 7166 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 7167 bool IsCompAssign = false); 7168 QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 7169 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 7170 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 7171 QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 7172 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 7173 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 7174 QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7 7175 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 7176 bool IsCompAssign = false); 7177 QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9 7178 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc, 7179 bool isRelational); 7180 QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12] 7181 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 7182 bool IsCompAssign = false); 7183 QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] 7184 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc); 7185 // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment. 7186 // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type. 7187 // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type. 7188 QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2] 7189 Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType); 7190 7191 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 7192 UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op); 7193 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 7194 BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, 7195 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 7196 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E); 7197 Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E); 7198 7199 QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15 7200 ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7201 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 7202 QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16 7203 ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs, 7204 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc); 7205 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 7206 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0); 7207 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 7208 ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2, 7209 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) { 7210 Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take(); 7211 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, 7212 NonStandardCompositeType); 7213 E1 = Owned(E1Tmp); 7214 E2 = Owned(E2Tmp); 7215 return Composite; 7216 } 7217 7218 QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7219 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 7220 7221 bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, 7222 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 7223 7224 /// type checking for vector binary operators. 7225 QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7226 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign); 7227 QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V); 7228 QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7229 SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational); 7230 QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7231 SourceLocation Loc); 7232 7233 /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8) 7234 bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t); 7235 7236 // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]). 7237 7238 /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two 7239 /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the 7240 /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4). 7241 enum ReferenceCompareResult { 7242 /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct 7243 /// reference binding is not possible. 7244 Ref_Incompatible = 0, 7245 /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means 7246 /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same 7247 /// or T1 is a base class of T2. 7248 Ref_Related, 7249 /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are 7250 /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that 7251 /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1) 7252 /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2). 7253 Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification, 7254 /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and 7255 /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2). 7256 Ref_Compatible 7257 }; 7258 7259 ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, 7260 QualType T1, QualType T2, 7261 bool &DerivedToBase, 7262 bool &ObjCConversion, 7263 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 7264 7265 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, 7266 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, 7267 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path); 7268 7269 /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the 7270 /// given type. 7271 ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType); 7272 7273 /// \brief Type-check an expression that's being passed to an 7274 /// __unknown_anytype parameter. 7275 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc, 7276 Expr *result, QualType ¶mType); 7277 7278 // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors. 7279 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 7280 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size. 7281 // returns true if the cast is invalid 7282 bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, 7283 CastKind &Kind); 7284 7285 // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors. 7286 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 7287 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size, 7288 // or vectors and the element type of that vector. 7289 // returns the cast expr 7290 ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr, 7291 CastKind &Kind); 7292 7293 ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7294 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 7295 Expr *CastExpr, 7296 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 7297 7298 enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged }; 7299 7300 /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between 7301 /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds. 7302 ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange, 7303 QualType castType, Expr *&op, 7304 CheckedConversionKind CCK, 7305 bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false); 7306 7307 Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 7308 void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 7309 7310 bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType, 7311 QualType ExprType); 7312 7313 /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send 7314 /// might create an obvious retain cycle. 7315 void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg); 7316 void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument); 7317 void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init); 7318 7319 /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 7320 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type. 7321 bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS); 7322 7323 /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 7324 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression. 7325 void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 7326 7327 /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send. 7328 /// \param Method - May be null. 7329 /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send. 7330 /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types. 7331 bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType, 7332 MultiExprArg Args, Selector Sel, 7333 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 7334 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, 7335 bool isSuperMessage, 7336 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac, 7337 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK); 7338 7339 /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on 7340 /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message, 7341 /// and the form of the message send. 7342 QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType, 7343 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 7344 bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage); 7345 7346 /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method 7347 /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened. 7348 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E); 7349 7350 /// \brief Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return 7351 /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result 7352 /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened. 7353 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType); 7354 7355 /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of 7356 /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if 7357 /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array 7358 /// decays, possibly changing the input variable. 7359 /// 7360 /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the 7361 /// 'if' keyword. 7362 /// \return true iff there were any errors 7363 ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 7364 7365 ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 7366 Expr *SubExpr); 7367 7368 /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is 7369 /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment. 7370 void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E); 7371 7372 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate 7373 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. 7374 void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE); 7375 7376 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid. 7377 ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr); 7378 7379 /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have 7380 /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit 7381 /// the specified diagnostic. 7382 void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal, 7383 unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign, 7384 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); 7385 7386 /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope. 7387 /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared 7388 /// in the global scope. 7389 bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D); 7390 7391 /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant 7392 /// expression violations. 7393 class VerifyICEDiagnoser { 7394 public: 7395 bool Suppress; 7396 7397 VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { } 7398 7399 virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0; 7400 virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR); 7401 virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { } 7402 }; 7403 7404 /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE, 7405 /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success. 7406 /// Can optionally return the value of the expression. 7407 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 7408 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 7409 bool AllowFold = true); 7410 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 7411 unsigned DiagID, 7412 bool AllowFold = true); 7413 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0); 7414 7415 /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has 7416 /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid. 7417 /// Returns false on success. 7418 /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0 7419 ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 7420 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 7421 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth = 0); 7422 7423 enum CUDAFunctionTarget { 7424 CFT_Device, 7425 CFT_Global, 7426 CFT_Host, 7427 CFT_HostDevice 7428 }; 7429 7430 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D); 7431 7432 bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget, 7433 CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget); 7434 7435 bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) { 7436 return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller), 7437 IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee)); 7438 } 7439 7440 /// \name Code completion 7441 //@{ 7442 /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs. 7443 enum ParserCompletionContext { 7444 /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context. 7445 PCC_Namespace, 7446 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union. 7447 PCC_Class, 7448 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol, 7449 /// or category. 7450 PCC_ObjCInterface, 7451 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or 7452 /// category implementation 7453 PCC_ObjCImplementation, 7454 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables 7455 /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation. 7456 PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList, 7457 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7458 /// headers. 7459 PCC_Template, 7460 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7461 /// headers within a class. 7462 PCC_MemberTemplate, 7463 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression. 7464 PCC_Expression, 7465 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may 7466 /// also be an expression or a declaration. 7467 PCC_Statement, 7468 /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the 7469 /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop. 7470 PCC_ForInit, 7471 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if, 7472 /// while, switch, or for statement. 7473 PCC_Condition, 7474 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a 7475 /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position 7476 /// in the grammar. 7477 PCC_RecoveryInFunction, 7478 /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted. 7479 PCC_Type, 7480 /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which 7481 /// might also be a type cast. 7482 PCC_ParenthesizedExpression, 7483 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration 7484 /// specifiers within a function, method, or block. 7485 PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers 7486 }; 7487 7488 void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); 7489 void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, 7490 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext); 7491 void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 7492 bool AllowNonIdentifiers, 7493 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers); 7494 7495 struct CodeCompleteExpressionData; 7496 void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, 7497 const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data); 7498 void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 7499 SourceLocation OpLoc, 7500 bool IsArrow); 7501 void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS); 7502 void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec); 7503 void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS); 7504 void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S); 7505 void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 7506 void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D); 7507 void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S); 7508 void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S); 7509 void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS); 7510 7511 void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 7512 bool EnteringContext); 7513 void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S); 7514 void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S); 7515 void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S); 7516 void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S); 7517 void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S); 7518 void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer( 7519 Decl *Constructor, 7520 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers); 7521 7522 void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 7523 bool AfterAmpersand); 7524 7525 void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S); 7526 void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S); 7527 void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S); 7528 void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S); 7529 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS); 7530 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S); 7531 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S); 7532 void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, 7533 bool IsParameter); 7534 void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S); 7535 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 7536 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, 7537 bool AtArgumentExpression); 7538 void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, 7539 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, 7540 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7541 bool IsSuper = false); 7542 void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, 7543 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, 7544 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7545 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0); 7546 void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, 7547 DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar); 7548 void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, 7549 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents); 7550 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols, 7551 unsigned NumProtocols); 7552 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S); 7553 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S); 7554 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, 7555 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7556 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7557 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S); 7558 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, 7559 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7560 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7561 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, 7562 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7563 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7564 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S); 7565 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S, 7566 IdentifierInfo *PropertyName); 7567 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, 7568 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7569 ParsedType ReturnType); 7570 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S, 7571 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7572 bool AtParameterName, 7573 ParsedType ReturnType, 7574 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents); 7575 void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional); 7576 void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S); 7577 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition); 7578 void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression(); 7579 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, 7580 IdentifierInfo *Macro, 7581 MacroInfo *MacroInfo, 7582 unsigned Argument); 7583 void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage(); 7584 void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, 7585 CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, 7586 SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results); 7587 //@} 7588 7589 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7590 // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system 7591 7592public: 7593 SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, 7594 unsigned ByteNo) const; 7595 7596private: 7597 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, 7598 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0, 7599 bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false); 7600 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E); 7601 // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a 7602 // FunctionDeclaration. 7603 struct FormatStringInfo { 7604 unsigned FormatIdx; 7605 unsigned FirstDataArg; 7606 bool HasVAListArg; 7607 }; 7608 7609 bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember, 7610 FormatStringInfo *FSI); 7611 bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7612 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7613 bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc, 7614 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args); 7615 bool CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7616 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7617 bool CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7618 void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 7619 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7620 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 7621 SourceLocation Loc); 7622 7623 void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7624 unsigned NumProtoArgs, bool IsMemberFunction, 7625 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 7626 VariadicCallType CallType); 7627 7628 7629 bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg); 7630 7631 ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7632 7633 bool CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7634 bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7635 bool CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7636 bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7637 7638 bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall); 7639 bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall); 7640 bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs); 7641 7642public: 7643 // Used by C++ template instantiation. 7644 ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall); 7645 7646private: 7647 bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall); 7648 bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall); 7649 bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); 7650 ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); 7651 ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, 7652 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op); 7653 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, 7654 llvm::APSInt &Result); 7655 7656public: 7657 enum FormatStringType { 7658 FST_Scanf, 7659 FST_Printf, 7660 FST_NSString, 7661 FST_Strftime, 7662 FST_Strfmon, 7663 FST_Kprintf, 7664 FST_Unknown 7665 }; 7666 static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format); 7667 7668 void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr, 7669 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool HasVAListArg, 7670 unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg, 7671 FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall, 7672 VariadicCallType CallType, 7673 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs); 7674 7675private: 7676 bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, 7677 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7678 bool IsCXXMember, 7679 VariadicCallType CallType, 7680 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 7681 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs); 7682 bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7683 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 7684 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, 7685 VariadicCallType CallType, 7686 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range, 7687 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs); 7688 7689 void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull, 7690 const Expr * const *ExprArgs, 7691 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc); 7692 7693 void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7694 unsigned BId, 7695 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7696 7697 void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7698 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7699 7700 void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7701 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7702 7703 void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, 7704 SourceLocation ReturnLoc); 7705 void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS); 7706 void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation()); 7707 void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E); 7708 void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E); 7709 7710 /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either 7711 /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression. 7712 void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(), 7713 bool IsConstexpr = false); 7714 7715 void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field, 7716 Expr *Init); 7717 7718public: 7719 /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag. 7720 void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind, 7721 uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type, 7722 bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull); 7723 7724 struct TypeTagData { 7725 TypeTagData() {} 7726 7727 TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) : 7728 Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible), 7729 MustBeNull(MustBeNull) 7730 {} 7731 7732 QualType Type; 7733 7734 /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for 7735 /// layout-compatibility. 7736 unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1; 7737 unsigned MustBeNull : 1; 7738 }; 7739 7740 /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value. This uniquely 7741 /// identifies the magic value. 7742 typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue; 7743 7744private: 7745 /// \brief A map from magic value to type information. 7746 OwningPtr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData> > 7747 TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues; 7748 7749 /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag 7750 /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes. 7751 void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr, 7752 const Expr * const *ExprArgs); 7753 7754 /// \brief The parser's current scope. 7755 /// 7756 /// The parser maintains this state here. 7757 Scope *CurScope; 7758 7759 mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super; 7760 mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident___float128; 7761 7762protected: 7763 friend class Parser; 7764 friend class InitializationSequence; 7765 friend class ASTReader; 7766 friend class ASTWriter; 7767 7768public: 7769 /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope. 7770 /// 7771 /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis 7772 /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case 7773 /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation. 7774 /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser 7775 /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from 7776 /// template substitution or instantiation. 7777 Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; } 7778 7779 IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const; 7780 IdentifierInfo *getFloat128Identifier() const; 7781 7782 Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const; 7783 7784 DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const { 7785 return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext; 7786 } 7787 7788 AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const; 7789 7790 const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const { 7791 const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext(); 7792 // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface. 7793 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)) 7794 DC = CatD->getClassInterface(); 7795 return DC; 7796 } 7797}; 7798 7799/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context. 7800class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext { 7801 Sema &Actions; 7802 7803public: 7804 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7805 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7806 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 7807 bool IsDecltype = false) 7808 : Actions(Actions) { 7809 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl, 7810 IsDecltype); 7811 } 7812 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7813 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7814 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 7815 bool IsDecltype = false) 7816 : Actions(Actions) { 7817 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, 7818 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl, 7819 IsDecltype); 7820 } 7821 7822 ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() { 7823 Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 7824 } 7825}; 7826 7827DeductionFailureInfo 7828MakeDeductionFailureInfo(ASTContext &Context, Sema::TemplateDeductionResult TDK, 7829 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 7830 7831} // end namespace clang 7832 7833#endif 7834